1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
179 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
299 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
301 const char *dw_fde_end
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number
;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg
;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
315 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
428 unsigned int refcount
;
429 enum dwarf_form form
;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s
)
556 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
561 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
585 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
604 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
605 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
606 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
607 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
609 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
611 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
613 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
620 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
623 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
625 wrote_return_column
= true;
627 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
632 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
636 if (!wrote_return_column
)
637 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
643 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register
:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression
:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
728 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
739 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
747 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
773 static char label
[20];
775 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
800 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
808 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
810 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
813 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version
== 2
830 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
834 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
843 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
847 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
851 label
= xstrdup (label
);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
860 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
861 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
862 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
872 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
887 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
890 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
894 label
= xstrdup (label
);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
904 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
906 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
909 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
912 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
920 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
924 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
927 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
931 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
932 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
939 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
941 remember
->in_use
= 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
944 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
946 remember
->in_use
= 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
961 dw_cfa_location remember
;
963 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
964 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
967 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
970 fde
= current_fde ();
972 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1001 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1003 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1012 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1013 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1014 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1015 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1016 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1031 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1032 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1034 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1043 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1053 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1058 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1069 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1091 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde
->stack_realign
1115 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1119 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1122 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1125 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1126 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1127 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1132 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1133 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1165 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1174 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1183 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1193 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1220 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1241 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1242 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1253 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1254 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1258 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1260 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1266 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1273 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1274 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1291 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1297 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1299 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1303 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1310 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1319 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1321 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1345 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1363 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1364 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1369 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1373 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1376 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1378 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1381 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1391 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1396 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1400 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1408 return cur_args_size
;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1418 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1420 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1421 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1422 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1424 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1426 insn
= get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1433 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1436 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1437 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1438 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1439 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1440 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1442 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1451 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1470 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1506 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1517 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1520 old_args_size
= size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1524 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1533 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1534 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size
+= offset
;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1590 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1592 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1615 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1620 offset
-= args_size
;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1626 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1634 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1654 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1684 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1690 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1695 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1696 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1697 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1701 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1702 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1704 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1714 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1717 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1719 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1722 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1724 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1727 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1733 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1735 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1737 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1741 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1742 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1753 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1755 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1760 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1761 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1775 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1780 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1782 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1788 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1789 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1790 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1798 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1800 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1802 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1825 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1830 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1831 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1835 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1854 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1855 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1861 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1871 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1883 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1885 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1886 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1888 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1895 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1899 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1905 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1921 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1922 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1924 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1928 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1939 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1941 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1942 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1945 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1947 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1949 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1965 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2168 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2180 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2189 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2191 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2198 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2200 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2222 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2223 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2227 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2232 fde
= current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2252 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2253 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde
->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2274 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2281 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2288 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2293 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2299 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2303 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2313 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2314 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2315 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2316 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2318 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2328 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2331 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2332 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2346 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2347 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2350 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2356 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2361 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2362 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2370 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2379 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2380 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2390 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2391 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2404 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2415 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2416 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2417 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2419 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2421 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2449 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2451 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2453 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2459 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2465 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2467 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde
->stack_realign
2474 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2477 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2480 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2481 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2483 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2496 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2500 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2503 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2507 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2519 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2523 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2532 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2533 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde
->stack_realign
2563 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2564 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2568 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2570 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2571 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2572 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2575 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2585 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2598 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2599 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2608 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2611 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2623 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2624 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2626 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2628 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2629 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2652 bool handled_one
= false;
2654 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2666 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2669 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2671 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size
)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2681 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2705 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2719 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2728 n
= single_set (insn
);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2739 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2751 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2767 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2779 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2792 bool saw_frp
= false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2805 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2811 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2836 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2855 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2860 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2876 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2913 case DW_CFA_register
:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2946 case DW_CFA_register
:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2979 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2995 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2996 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3000 if (eh_frame_section
)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3010 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3012 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3030 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3044 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3049 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3050 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3052 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3055 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3058 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3060 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3069 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3080 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3085 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3086 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3091 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3092 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3097 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3098 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3103 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3108 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3110 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3115 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3121 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3123 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3128 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3130 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3138 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3142 case DW_CFA_register
:
3143 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3145 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3155 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3182 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3184 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3200 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3202 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3207 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3212 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3217 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3223 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3225 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3229 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3233 case DW_CFA_register
:
3234 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3235 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3243 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3293 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3295 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3296 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3313 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3315 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3325 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3330 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3341 case DW_CFA_register
:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3349 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3368 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3369 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3371 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3373 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3382 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3389 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3390 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3393 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3394 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3398 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3399 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3407 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3418 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3425 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3434 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3445 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3448 const char *begin
, *end
;
3449 static unsigned int j
;
3450 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3453 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3455 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3470 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3474 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3475 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3485 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3486 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3488 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3489 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3490 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3492 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3497 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3502 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation
[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3514 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3516 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3518 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3554 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3555 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3556 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3559 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3560 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3562 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3563 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3571 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3573 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3574 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3575 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3576 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3578 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3579 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3614 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3616 char augmentation
[6];
3617 int augmentation_size
;
3618 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3619 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3620 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3622 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3644 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3645 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3647 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3648 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3658 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3659 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3660 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3662 any_eh_needed
= true;
3663 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3665 any_eh_needed
= true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3694 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3702 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size
= 0;
3709 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3732 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3738 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3743 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3745 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3747 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3754 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3765 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3776 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3783 if (augmentation
[0])
3785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3789 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3790 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3795 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3799 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3804 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3805 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3807 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3809 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3812 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3813 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3816 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3818 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3819 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3820 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3821 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3822 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3825 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3826 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3827 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3830 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3833 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3834 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3835 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3838 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3843 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3846 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3850 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3852 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3856 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3859 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3860 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3861 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3862 of the weirder relocation types. */
3863 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3864 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3866 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
3867 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3871 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3875 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3877 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3878 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3879 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3881 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3882 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3884 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
3885 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3886 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3894 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3895 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3897 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3902 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3904 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3905 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3906 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3908 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3909 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3912 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3916 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3917 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3919 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3920 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3922 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3923 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3925 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3926 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3927 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3931 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3932 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3934 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3935 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3936 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3937 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3940 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3941 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3943 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3944 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3945 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3946 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3947 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3948 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3949 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3950 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3951 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3952 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3953 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3954 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3955 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3956 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3957 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3958 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3959 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3960 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3961 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3962 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3963 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3965 section
*unlikelysec
;
3966 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3967 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3970 = (fnsec
== text_section
3971 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3972 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3973 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3974 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3975 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3980 = (fnsec
== text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3982 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3985 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3987 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3988 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
3994 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3995 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3998 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3999 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4000 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4002 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4003 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4004 function anymore. */
4006 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4007 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4008 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4012 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4013 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4017 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4018 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4021 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4027 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4028 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4033 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4035 fde
= current_fde ();
4036 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4037 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4041 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4044 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4045 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4046 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4048 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4049 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4054 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4055 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4056 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4061 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063 /* Output call frame information. */
4064 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4065 output_call_frame_info (0);
4067 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4068 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4069 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4070 output_call_frame_info (1);
4074 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4077 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4080 if (sec
== text_section
)
4081 text_section_used
= true;
4082 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4083 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4087 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4091 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4093 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4094 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4096 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4097 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4098 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4099 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4100 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4102 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4103 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4106 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4107 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4108 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4111 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4114 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4119 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4125 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4127 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4129 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4130 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4131 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4136 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4137 for emitting location expressions. */
4139 /* Data about a single source file. */
4140 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4141 const char * filename
;
4145 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4146 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4147 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4148 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4149 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4151 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4155 } deferred_locations
;
4157 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4158 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4160 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4162 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4165 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4166 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4167 implementation are listed below. */
4172 dw_val_class_offset
,
4174 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4175 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4177 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4178 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4181 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4182 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4183 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4184 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4186 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4191 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4193 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4194 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4200 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4201 represented internally. */
4203 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4204 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4205 union dw_val_struct_union
4207 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4209 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4210 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4211 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4212 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4213 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4214 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4215 struct dw_val_die_union
4219 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4220 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4221 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4222 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4223 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4224 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4227 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4234 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4235 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4236 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4237 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4238 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4239 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4241 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4242 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4246 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4247 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4248 their entire life. */
4249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4250 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4251 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4252 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4253 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4254 Only on head of list */
4255 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4256 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4259 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4263 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4266 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4271 return "DW_OP_addr";
4273 return "DW_OP_deref";
4275 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291 return "DW_OP_constu";
4293 return "DW_OP_consts";
4297 return "DW_OP_drop";
4299 return "DW_OP_over";
4301 return "DW_OP_pick";
4303 return "DW_OP_swap";
4307 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4315 return "DW_OP_minus";
4327 return "DW_OP_plus";
4328 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4329 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4335 return "DW_OP_shra";
4353 return "DW_OP_skip";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547 return "DW_OP_regx";
4549 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553 return "DW_OP_piece";
4554 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4555 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4556 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4557 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4561 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4562 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564 return "DW_OP_call2";
4566 return "DW_OP_call4";
4567 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4568 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4569 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4570 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4571 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4572 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4573 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4574 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4575 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4577 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4578 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4581 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4588 return "OP_<unknown>";
4592 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4593 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4594 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4596 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4597 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4600 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4602 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4603 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4604 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4605 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4606 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4611 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4614 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4615 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4618 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4621 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4624 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4627 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4629 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4631 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4632 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4638 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4641 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4646 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4651 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4652 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4656 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4657 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4658 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4659 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4660 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4662 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4663 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4665 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4666 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4669 else if (offset
> 0)
4670 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4674 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4675 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4679 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4680 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4683 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4686 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4687 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4691 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4693 static unsigned long
4694 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4696 unsigned long size
= 1;
4698 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4701 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4720 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4723 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4728 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4729 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4767 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4770 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4773 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4776 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4777 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4780 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4782 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4783 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4792 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4793 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4795 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4796 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4797 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4806 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4808 static unsigned long
4809 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4814 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4815 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4816 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4818 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4820 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4825 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4827 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4828 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4834 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4835 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4838 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4841 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4843 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4844 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4846 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4848 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4855 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4859 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4867 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4868 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4873 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4875 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4877 case dw_val_class_const
:
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4880 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4882 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4883 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4887 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4892 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4895 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4896 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4899 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4903 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4905 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4906 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4910 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4911 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4919 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4920 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4936 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4937 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4938 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4939 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4940 only doing unwinding. */
4945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5006 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5007 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5014 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5016 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5026 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5035 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5040 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5043 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5045 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5047 /* Output the opcode. */
5048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5049 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5051 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5052 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5060 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5062 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5063 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5065 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5068 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5069 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5075 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5076 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5077 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5078 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5105 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5106 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5108 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5117 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5155 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5167 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5173 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5177 /* Output the opcode. */
5178 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5179 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5181 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5183 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5185 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5189 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5190 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5193 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5195 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5198 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5201 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5204 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5206 /* Output the size of the block. */
5207 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5210 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5211 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5214 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5217 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5222 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5224 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5225 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5228 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5230 /* Output the size of the block. */
5231 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5248 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5252 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5253 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5254 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5258 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5263 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5282 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5288 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5300 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5304 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5342 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5345 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5379 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5380 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5383 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5384 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5390 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5414 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5416 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5417 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5418 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5420 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5422 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5423 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5424 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5425 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5426 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5427 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5428 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5429 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5431 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5433 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5437 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5440 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5441 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5443 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5444 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5445 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5446 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5447 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5448 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5449 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5450 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5451 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5452 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5453 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5454 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5455 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5456 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5457 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5458 something tries to reference them. */
5459 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5460 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5461 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5462 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5463 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5464 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5465 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5466 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5467 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5469 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5473 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5474 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5475 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5477 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5478 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5479 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5480 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5482 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5483 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5485 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5487 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5489 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5490 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5491 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5492 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5494 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5495 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5497 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5498 line number associated with the label generated for that
5499 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5500 the line number entry. */
5502 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5503 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5504 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5508 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5510 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5511 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5512 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5513 unsigned long function
;
5515 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5517 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5518 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5519 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5521 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5522 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5523 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5527 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5528 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5530 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5531 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5532 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5534 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5535 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5536 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5538 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5539 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5541 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5542 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5543 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5544 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5546 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5547 dw_offset die_offset
;
5548 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5550 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5551 int die_perennial_p
;
5552 unsigned int decl_id
;
5556 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5557 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5558 c = die->die_child; \
5562 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5565 /* The pubname structure */
5567 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5573 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5574 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5576 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5577 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5578 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5582 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5587 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5588 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5590 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5591 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5592 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5593 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5601 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5605 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5609 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5611 skeleton_chain_node
;
5613 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5614 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5615 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5618 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5619 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5621 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5622 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5623 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5624 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5625 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5626 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5628 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5629 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5630 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5631 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5632 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5633 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5634 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5635 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5636 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5637 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5639 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5640 language, and compiler version. */
5642 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5643 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5644 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5646 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5647 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5648 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5649 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5652 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5654 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5660 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5661 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5662 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5663 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5664 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5665 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5667 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5668 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5669 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5670 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5672 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5676 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5677 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5678 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5680 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5681 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5683 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5684 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5686 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5687 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5688 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5689 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5690 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5692 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5693 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5694 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5697 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5698 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5699 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5700 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5703 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5704 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5706 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5707 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5709 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5710 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5712 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5713 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5715 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5717 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5718 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5720 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5721 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5722 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5724 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5725 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5726 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5728 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5733 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5734 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5736 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5737 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5738 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5739 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5740 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5743 /* Variable location list. */
5744 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5745 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5747 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5748 it is marked through the chain. */
5749 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5751 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5752 unsigned int decl_id
;
5754 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5757 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5758 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5760 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5761 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5762 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5763 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5764 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5766 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5767 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5769 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5770 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5772 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5773 abbrev_die_table. */
5774 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5776 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5777 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5778 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5779 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5781 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5782 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5784 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5785 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5787 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5788 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5789 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5790 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5792 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5793 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5795 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5796 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5798 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5800 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5802 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5803 accessible names. */
5804 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5806 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5807 accessible types. */
5808 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5810 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5811 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5813 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5814 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5816 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5817 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5819 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5821 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5823 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5824 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5826 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5827 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5829 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5830 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5832 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5833 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5834 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5836 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5837 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5839 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5840 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5842 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5844 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5846 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5847 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5849 /* Unique label counter. */
5850 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5852 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5853 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5855 /* The direct call table structure. */
5857 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5858 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5860 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5864 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5867 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5869 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5870 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5871 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5875 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5876 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5878 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5879 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5880 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5882 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5884 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5886 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5889 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5891 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5892 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5893 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5895 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5896 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5899 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5900 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5902 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5903 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5905 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5906 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5908 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5910 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5912 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5913 within the current function. */
5914 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5916 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5918 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5919 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5920 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5921 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5922 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5923 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5924 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5925 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5926 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5927 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5928 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5929 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5930 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5931 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5932 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5933 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5934 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5935 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5936 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5937 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5938 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5939 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5940 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5941 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5942 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5943 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5944 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5945 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5946 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5947 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5948 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5949 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5950 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5951 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5952 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5954 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5955 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5956 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5957 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5958 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5959 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5960 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5962 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5964 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5965 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5966 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5967 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5968 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5969 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5970 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5971 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5972 static bool is_cxx (void);
5973 static bool is_fortran (void);
5974 static bool is_ada (void);
5975 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5976 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5977 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5978 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5979 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5980 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5981 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5984 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5985 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5986 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5987 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5988 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5989 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5990 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
);
5991 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5992 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5993 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5994 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5995 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5996 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5997 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5998 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5999 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6000 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6001 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6002 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6003 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6004 struct checksum_attributes
;
6005 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6006 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6007 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6008 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6009 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6010 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6011 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6012 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6013 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6014 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6015 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6016 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6017 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6018 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6019 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6020 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6021 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6022 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6023 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6024 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6025 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6026 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6027 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6028 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6029 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6031 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6032 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6033 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6034 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6036 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6037 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6038 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6039 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6040 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6041 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6042 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6043 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6044 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6045 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6046 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6047 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6048 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6049 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6050 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6051 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6052 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6053 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6054 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6055 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6056 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6057 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6058 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6059 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6060 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6061 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6062 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6063 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6064 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6065 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6066 static void output_aranges (void);
6067 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6068 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6069 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6071 static void output_ranges (void);
6072 static void output_line_info (void);
6073 static void output_file_names (void);
6074 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6075 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6076 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6077 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6078 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6079 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6080 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6081 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6082 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6085 enum var_init_status
);
6086 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6087 enum var_init_status
);
6088 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6089 enum var_init_status
);
6090 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6091 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6093 enum var_init_status
);
6094 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6095 enum var_init_status
);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6097 enum var_init_status
);
6098 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6099 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6100 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6101 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6102 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6103 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6104 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6105 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6106 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6108 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6109 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6110 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6111 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6112 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6113 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6114 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6115 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6116 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6117 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6118 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6119 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6120 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6121 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6122 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6123 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6124 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6125 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6126 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6127 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6128 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6129 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6130 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6131 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6132 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6133 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6134 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6135 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6136 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6137 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6138 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6140 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6142 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6143 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6145 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6147 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6148 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6149 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6150 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6151 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6152 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6153 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6154 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6155 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6156 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6157 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6158 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6159 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6160 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6161 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6164 enum debug_info_usage
);
6165 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6166 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6167 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6168 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6169 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6170 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6171 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6172 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6173 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6174 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6175 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6176 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6177 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6178 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6179 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6180 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6181 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6182 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6183 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6184 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6185 const char *, const char *);
6186 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6187 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6189 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6191 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6192 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6193 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6194 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6195 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6196 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6197 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6199 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6233 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6234 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6237 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6238 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6239 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6242 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6243 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6244 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6245 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6248 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6249 the section names themselves. */
6251 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6254 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6272 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6273 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6276 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6277 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6278 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6279 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6280 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6282 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6283 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6284 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6285 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6286 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6287 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6288 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6289 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6290 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6291 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6293 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6294 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6296 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6297 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6302 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6303 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6305 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6308 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6309 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6313 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6314 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6316 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6319 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6321 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6324 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6327 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6329 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6330 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6331 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6334 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6338 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6340 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6342 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6343 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6344 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6345 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6347 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6348 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6349 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6354 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6357 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6359 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6361 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6362 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6365 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6368 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6372 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6373 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6374 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6375 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6376 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6377 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6378 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6379 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6380 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6381 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6382 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6383 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6384 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6385 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6387 return "DW_TAG_label";
6388 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6389 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6391 return "DW_TAG_member";
6392 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6393 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6394 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6395 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6396 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6397 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6398 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6399 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6400 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6401 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6402 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6403 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6404 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6405 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6406 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6407 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6408 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6409 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6410 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6411 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6412 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6413 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6414 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6415 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6416 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6417 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6418 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6419 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6421 return "DW_TAG_module";
6422 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6423 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6424 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6425 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6426 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6427 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6428 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6429 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6430 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6431 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6432 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6433 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6435 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6436 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6437 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6438 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6439 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6440 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6441 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6442 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6443 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6445 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6446 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6447 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6448 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6449 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6450 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6451 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6452 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6453 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6454 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6455 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6456 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6457 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6458 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6459 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6460 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6461 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6462 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6463 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6464 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6465 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6466 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6467 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6468 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6469 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6470 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6471 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6472 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6473 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6474 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6475 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6476 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6477 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6478 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6479 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6480 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6481 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6482 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6483 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6484 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6485 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6486 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6487 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6488 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6489 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6490 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6491 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6492 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6493 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6494 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6495 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6496 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6497 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6498 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6499 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6500 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6501 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6502 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6503 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6504 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6505 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6506 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6508 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6509 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6510 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6511 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6513 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6517 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6520 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6525 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6526 case DW_AT_location
:
6527 return "DW_AT_location";
6529 return "DW_AT_name";
6530 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6531 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6532 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6533 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6534 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6535 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6536 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6537 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6538 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6539 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6540 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6541 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6542 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6543 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6545 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6547 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6548 case DW_AT_language
:
6549 return "DW_AT_language";
6551 return "DW_AT_member";
6553 return "DW_AT_discr";
6554 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6555 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6556 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6557 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6559 return "DW_AT_import";
6560 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6561 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6562 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6563 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6564 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6565 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6566 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6567 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6568 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6569 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6570 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6571 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6573 return "DW_AT_inline";
6574 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6575 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6576 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6577 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6578 case DW_AT_producer
:
6579 return "DW_AT_producer";
6580 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6581 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6582 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6583 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6584 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6585 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6586 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6587 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6588 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6589 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6590 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6591 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6592 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6593 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6594 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6595 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6596 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6597 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6598 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6599 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6600 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6601 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6603 return "DW_AT_count";
6604 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6605 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6606 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6607 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6608 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6609 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6610 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6611 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6612 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6613 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6614 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6615 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6616 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6617 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6618 case DW_AT_external
:
6619 return "DW_AT_external";
6620 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6621 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6622 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6623 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6625 return "DW_AT_friend";
6626 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6627 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6628 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6629 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6630 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6631 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6632 case DW_AT_priority
:
6633 return "DW_AT_priority";
6635 return "DW_AT_segment";
6636 case DW_AT_specification
:
6637 return "DW_AT_specification";
6638 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6639 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6641 return "DW_AT_type";
6642 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6643 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6644 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6645 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6646 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6647 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6648 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6649 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6651 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6652 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6653 case DW_AT_associated
:
6654 return "DW_AT_associated";
6655 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6656 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6657 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6658 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6659 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6660 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6661 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6662 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6663 case DW_AT_extension
:
6664 return "DW_AT_extension";
6666 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6667 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6668 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6669 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6670 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6671 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6672 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6673 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6674 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6676 case DW_AT_signature
:
6677 return "DW_AT_signature";
6678 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6679 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6680 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6681 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6682 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6683 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6684 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6685 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6686 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6687 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6689 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6691 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6693 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6695 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6697 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6699 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6701 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6707 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6709 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6712 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6713 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6714 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6715 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6716 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6717 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6718 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6719 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6720 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6721 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6722 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6723 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6724 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6725 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6726 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6727 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6728 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6729 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6730 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6731 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6732 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6733 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6734 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6735 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6736 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6737 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6740 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6741 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6742 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6743 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6745 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6746 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6749 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6753 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6756 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6761 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6762 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6763 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6764 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6765 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6767 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6769 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6771 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6772 case DW_FORM_string
:
6773 return "DW_FORM_string";
6775 return "DW_FORM_block";
6776 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6777 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6779 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6781 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6783 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6785 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6787 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6788 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6789 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6791 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6793 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6795 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6797 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6798 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6799 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6800 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6801 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6802 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6803 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6804 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6805 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6806 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6807 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6808 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6809 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6811 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6815 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6816 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6817 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6818 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6822 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6824 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6827 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6828 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6829 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6830 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6833 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6834 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6835 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6837 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6840 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6841 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6845 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6847 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6849 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6850 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6852 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6853 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6855 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6856 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6861 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6864 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6866 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6870 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6871 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6872 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6875 static inline enum dw_val_class
6876 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6878 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6881 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6884 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6888 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6889 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6890 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6891 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6894 static inline unsigned
6895 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6897 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6898 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6901 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6904 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6908 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6909 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6910 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6911 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6914 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6915 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6917 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6918 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6921 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6924 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6925 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6929 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6930 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6931 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6932 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6935 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6936 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6938 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6939 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6942 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6945 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6946 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6950 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6951 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6952 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6953 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6954 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6957 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6960 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6961 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6965 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6966 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6968 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6969 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6970 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6973 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6976 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6977 unsigned char data8
[8])
6981 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6982 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6983 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6984 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6987 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6990 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
6992 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
6996 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
6998 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
6999 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7002 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7004 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7005 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7007 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7010 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7011 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7012 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7014 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7015 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7018 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7019 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7020 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7024 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7030 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7033 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7036 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7038 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7040 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7041 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7042 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7043 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7046 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7047 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7050 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7058 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7059 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7062 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7063 debug string STR. */
7066 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7068 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7070 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7072 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7074 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7077 static inline const char *
7078 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7080 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7081 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7084 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7085 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7087 static enum dwarf_form
7088 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7090 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7093 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7095 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7099 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7101 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7102 always better to put it inline. */
7103 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7104 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7106 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7107 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7109 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7110 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7111 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7112 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7114 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7116 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7119 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7122 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7126 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7127 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7128 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7129 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7130 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7133 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7134 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7137 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7139 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7140 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7141 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7144 static inline dw_die_ref
7145 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7147 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7148 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7152 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7154 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7155 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7161 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7163 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7164 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7167 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7170 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7174 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7175 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7176 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7177 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7180 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7183 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7187 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7188 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7190 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7193 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7194 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7196 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7197 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7201 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7205 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7206 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7207 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7208 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7209 have_location_lists
= true;
7212 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7213 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7215 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7216 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7219 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7220 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7222 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7223 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7226 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7229 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7233 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7234 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7235 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7236 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7239 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7242 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7244 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7245 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7248 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7251 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7252 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7256 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7257 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7258 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7259 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7262 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7264 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7265 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7267 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7268 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7271 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7274 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7278 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7279 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7280 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7281 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7284 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7285 debug_line section. */
7288 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7293 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7294 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7299 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7300 debug_macinfo section. */
7303 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7308 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7309 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7310 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7314 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7317 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7318 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7322 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7323 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7324 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7328 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7331 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7332 long unsigned int offset
)
7336 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7337 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7338 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7339 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7342 static inline const char *
7343 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7345 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7346 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7347 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7348 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7351 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7354 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7358 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7363 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7364 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7366 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7367 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7371 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7376 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7377 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7378 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7380 static inline const char *
7381 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7383 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7385 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7388 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7389 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7390 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7392 static inline const char *
7393 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7395 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7397 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7400 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7401 NULL if it is not present. */
7403 static inline const char *
7404 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7406 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7408 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7411 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7412 if it is not present. */
7415 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7417 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7419 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7422 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7423 if it is not present. */
7425 static inline unsigned
7426 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7428 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7430 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7433 static inline dw_die_ref
7434 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7436 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7438 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7441 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7442 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7444 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7446 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7449 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7454 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7456 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7459 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7464 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7466 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7467 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7468 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7471 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7476 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7478 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7481 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7484 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7492 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7493 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7495 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7496 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7497 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7499 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7501 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7506 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7507 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7510 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7512 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7513 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7516 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7520 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7521 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7522 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7525 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7529 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7531 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7533 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7534 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7536 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7537 if (prev
== old_child
)
7539 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7540 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7544 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7545 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7547 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7548 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7551 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7554 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7557 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7558 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7559 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7562 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7566 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7572 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7574 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7576 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7577 /* Might have removed every child. */
7578 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7582 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7585 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7588 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7590 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7591 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7593 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7595 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7598 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7599 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7602 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7603 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7606 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7607 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7608 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7611 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7615 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7616 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7617 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7619 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7625 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7626 || (child
->die_parent
7627 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7629 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7630 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7632 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7636 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7639 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7641 static inline dw_die_ref
7642 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7644 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7646 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7648 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7649 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7652 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7654 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7655 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7656 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7657 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7658 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7664 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7666 static inline dw_die_ref
7667 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7669 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7672 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7675 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7677 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7680 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7683 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7685 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7688 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7691 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7693 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7696 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7698 static inline dw_die_ref
7699 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7701 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7704 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7707 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7709 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7712 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7716 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7718 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7721 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7723 static inline var_loc_list
*
7724 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7726 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7728 return (var_loc_list
*)
7729 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7732 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7735 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7737 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7740 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7742 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7745 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7747 static struct var_loc_node
*
7748 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
)
7750 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7753 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
7755 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7758 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7759 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7763 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7767 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7768 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7769 we have nothing to do. */
7770 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
7771 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
7772 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7773 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
7774 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7775 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7776 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
7777 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7779 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7780 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7781 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
7787 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7794 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7795 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7796 the DIE internal representation. */
7797 static int print_indent
;
7799 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7802 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7804 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7807 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7810 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7814 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7815 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7818 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7819 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7822 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7828 print_spaces (outfile
);
7829 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7830 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7831 print_spaces (outfile
);
7832 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7833 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7834 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7836 print_spaces (outfile
);
7837 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7838 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7839 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7842 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7844 print_spaces (outfile
);
7845 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7847 switch (AT_class (a
))
7849 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7850 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7852 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7853 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7855 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7856 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7858 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7859 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7860 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7862 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7863 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7865 case dw_val_class_const
:
7866 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7868 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7869 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7871 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7872 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7873 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7874 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7875 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7877 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7878 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7880 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7881 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7883 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7884 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7886 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7888 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7889 print_signature (outfile
,
7890 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7892 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7893 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7894 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7896 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7899 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7901 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7902 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7903 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7904 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7906 case dw_val_class_str
:
7907 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7908 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7910 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7912 case dw_val_class_file
:
7913 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7914 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7916 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7920 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7921 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7928 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7931 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7934 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7937 if (print_indent
== 0)
7938 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7941 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7942 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7945 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
7948 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
7950 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7951 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
7953 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
7954 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
7955 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
7956 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
7959 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
7962 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7965 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7967 print_die (die
, stderr
);
7970 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7971 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7977 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
7978 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
7979 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
7982 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7983 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7984 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7987 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
7989 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7990 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
7992 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
7996 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
7999 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8001 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8003 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8007 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8008 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8010 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8013 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8017 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8019 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8020 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8023 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8026 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8028 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8031 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8033 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8034 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8035 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8038 switch (AT_class (at
))
8040 case dw_val_class_const
:
8041 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8043 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8044 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8046 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8047 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8049 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8050 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8052 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8053 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8055 case dw_val_class_str
:
8056 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8059 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8061 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8062 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8065 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8066 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8069 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8070 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8071 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8074 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8075 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8078 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8079 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8080 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8081 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8084 case dw_val_class_file
:
8085 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8088 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8089 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8097 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8100 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8106 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8109 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8112 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8114 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8116 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8117 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8119 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8123 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8125 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8126 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8127 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8128 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8129 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8130 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8131 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8133 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8136 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8143 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8145 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8146 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8155 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8158 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8162 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8165 /* More bytes to follow. */
8173 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8174 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8177 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8181 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8183 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8184 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8185 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8188 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8190 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8194 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8195 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8197 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8198 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8200 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8203 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8206 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8208 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8209 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8210 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8212 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8213 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8217 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8220 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8221 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8222 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8223 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8227 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8230 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8231 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8233 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8236 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8238 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8240 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8241 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8242 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8243 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8244 is complete or not. */
8245 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8246 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8247 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8248 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8249 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8250 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8252 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8254 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8256 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8260 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8261 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8262 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8263 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8264 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8265 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8270 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8271 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8272 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8273 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8275 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8276 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8277 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8281 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8285 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8286 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8287 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8288 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8289 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8290 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8298 switch (AT_class (at
))
8300 case dw_val_class_const
:
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8302 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8305 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8307 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8310 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8311 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8312 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8313 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8316 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8318 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8319 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8322 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8324 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8327 case dw_val_class_str
:
8328 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8329 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8332 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8334 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8336 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8339 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8340 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8344 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8345 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8346 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8349 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8350 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8351 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8352 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8355 case dw_val_class_file
:
8356 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8357 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8360 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8361 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8369 struct checksum_attributes
8371 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8372 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8373 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8374 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8375 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8376 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8377 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8378 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8420 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8423 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8428 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8439 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8441 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8442 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8444 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8445 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8447 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8448 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8450 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8451 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8453 case DW_AT_associated
:
8454 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8456 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8457 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8459 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8460 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8462 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8463 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8465 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8466 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8468 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8469 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8471 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8472 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8474 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8475 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8477 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8478 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8481 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8483 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8484 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8486 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8487 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8489 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8490 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8492 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8493 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8495 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8496 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8498 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8499 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8502 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8504 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8505 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8507 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8508 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8510 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8511 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8513 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8514 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8516 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8517 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8519 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8520 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8522 case DW_AT_location
:
8523 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8525 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8526 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8529 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8531 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8532 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8534 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8535 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8537 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8538 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8541 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8544 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8546 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8547 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8549 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8550 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8552 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8553 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8555 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8556 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8558 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8559 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8561 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8562 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8564 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8565 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8567 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8568 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8570 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8571 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8579 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8582 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8586 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8589 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8591 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8593 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8595 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8596 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8598 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8599 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8600 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8601 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8602 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8603 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8604 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8646 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8649 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8652 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8653 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8654 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8656 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8657 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8658 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8662 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8663 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8665 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8667 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8669 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8673 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8674 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8675 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8676 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8678 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8679 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8680 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8681 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8682 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8683 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8684 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8687 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8691 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8695 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8696 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8698 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8699 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8700 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8702 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8704 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8706 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8707 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8708 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8710 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8711 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8712 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8714 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8717 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8719 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8721 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8723 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8724 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8725 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8727 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8728 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8729 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8730 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8732 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8733 type node together. */
8734 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8735 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8736 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8737 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8739 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8742 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8745 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8747 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8749 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8750 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8751 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8754 /* Do the values look the same? */
8756 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8758 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8761 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8764 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8766 case dw_val_class_const
:
8767 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8768 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8769 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8770 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8771 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8772 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8773 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8774 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8775 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8777 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8778 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8781 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8782 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8783 case dw_val_class_str
:
8784 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8786 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8787 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8788 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8789 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8791 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8793 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8794 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8796 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8797 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8799 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8800 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8802 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8804 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8805 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8807 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8808 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8809 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8810 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8813 case dw_val_class_file
:
8814 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8816 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8817 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8824 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8827 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8829 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8832 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8833 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8834 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8837 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8840 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8843 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8849 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8851 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8852 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8854 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8857 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8858 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8861 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8862 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8865 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8866 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8875 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8879 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8881 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8891 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8894 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8897 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8899 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8900 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8905 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8907 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8909 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8910 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8912 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8913 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8916 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8918 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8919 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8920 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8923 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8926 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8927 the name filename of the unit. */
8929 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8931 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8932 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8933 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8935 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8936 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8938 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8939 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8941 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
8945 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
8946 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
8949 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8952 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8954 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8956 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8957 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8958 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8959 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8960 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8961 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8962 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8963 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8964 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8965 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8966 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8967 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8968 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8969 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8970 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8971 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8972 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8973 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8974 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8981 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8982 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8983 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8984 compilations (functions). */
8987 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
8989 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8990 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8991 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8992 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
8994 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
8997 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8998 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8999 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9000 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9002 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9004 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9007 return is_type_die (c
);
9010 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9011 compilation unit. */
9014 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9016 return (is_type_die (c
)
9017 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9018 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9019 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9023 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9028 return xstrdup (buf
);
9031 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9034 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9038 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9040 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9042 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9044 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9045 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9046 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9049 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9052 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9055 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9058 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9059 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9062 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9064 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9066 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9067 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9069 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9073 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9075 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9076 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9077 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9079 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9083 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9085 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9086 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9096 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9099 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9101 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9102 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9104 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9106 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9107 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9111 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9113 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9119 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9123 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9125 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9126 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9132 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9134 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9136 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9138 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9139 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9143 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9146 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9147 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9148 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9151 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9154 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9155 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9156 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9160 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9162 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9163 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9165 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9167 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9168 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9170 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9171 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9172 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9173 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9175 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9177 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9180 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9183 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9184 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9188 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9189 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9190 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9196 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9197 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9198 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9199 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9201 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9204 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9205 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9206 comdat_symbol_number
);
9209 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9212 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9215 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9220 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9221 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9227 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9228 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9231 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9233 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9235 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9236 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9237 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9238 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9239 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9240 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9243 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9244 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9245 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9246 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9247 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9248 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9249 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9250 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9251 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9252 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9253 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9254 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9255 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9256 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9257 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9263 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9266 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9272 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9273 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9275 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9276 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9281 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9284 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9287 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9289 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9294 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9297 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9304 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9305 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9306 return clone_die (die
);
9308 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9309 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9311 return clone_die (decl
);
9313 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9314 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9318 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9319 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9320 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9324 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9325 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9326 case DW_AT_external
:
9329 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9330 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9331 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9333 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9339 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9340 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9342 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9346 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9347 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9348 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9349 attached to the specification. */
9352 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9355 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9357 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9366 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9367 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9368 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9370 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9372 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9374 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9375 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9376 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9377 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9380 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9383 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9384 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9385 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9387 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9388 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9390 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9391 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9396 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9397 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9400 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9402 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9405 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9407 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9409 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9410 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9414 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9415 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9416 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9419 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9421 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9424 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9425 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9427 node
.parent
= parent
;
9429 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9433 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9436 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9438 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9439 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9441 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9442 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9443 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9444 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9445 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9447 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9448 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9449 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9453 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9454 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9457 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9460 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9462 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9465 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9468 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9469 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9470 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9471 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9473 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9474 return node
.new_die
;
9477 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9478 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9479 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9480 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9481 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9482 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9485 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9487 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9489 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9490 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9491 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9494 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9495 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9501 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9502 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9505 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9509 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9510 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9511 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9513 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9517 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9520 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9521 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9523 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9524 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9526 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9527 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9528 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9529 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9530 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9531 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9532 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9533 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9534 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9536 /* Generate the type signature. */
9537 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9539 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9540 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9541 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9543 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9544 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9546 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9547 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9549 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9550 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9552 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9555 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9556 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9557 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9558 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9560 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9561 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9563 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9566 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9568 struct decl_table_entry
9574 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9577 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9579 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9580 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9582 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9586 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9588 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9589 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9590 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9592 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9596 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9598 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9603 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9604 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9605 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9606 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9609 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9611 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9612 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9615 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9619 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9620 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9621 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9622 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9624 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9628 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9629 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9637 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9640 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9641 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9642 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9645 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9646 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9648 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9650 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9652 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9659 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9660 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9664 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9670 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9672 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9674 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9675 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9677 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9679 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9682 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9683 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9685 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9687 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9688 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9689 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9690 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9694 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9695 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9697 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9701 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9702 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9703 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9704 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9705 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9710 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9711 into the new type unit. */
9712 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9713 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9714 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9715 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9718 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9719 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9721 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9722 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9723 get visited otherwise. */
9725 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9730 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9733 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9734 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9735 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9736 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9737 don't have an external reference. */
9740 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9745 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9746 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9747 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9751 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9752 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9753 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9756 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9760 if (! die
->die_child
)
9763 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9764 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9766 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9769 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9772 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9778 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9779 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9780 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9782 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9785 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9786 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9787 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9788 die are visited recursively. */
9791 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9793 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9794 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9799 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9800 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9801 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9802 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9803 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9805 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9806 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9809 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9811 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9812 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9816 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9818 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9821 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9822 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9825 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9827 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9828 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9829 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9839 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9841 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9843 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9844 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9847 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9848 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9849 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9852 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9853 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9856 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9857 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9860 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9863 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9870 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9873 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9878 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9879 .debug_info section. */
9881 static unsigned long
9882 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9884 unsigned long size
= 0;
9888 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9889 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9891 switch (AT_class (a
))
9893 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9894 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9896 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9897 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9899 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9901 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9904 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9905 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9907 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9911 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9912 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9914 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9915 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9917 case dw_val_class_const
:
9918 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9920 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9921 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9923 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9924 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9925 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9928 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9929 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9930 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9931 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9932 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9934 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9935 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9936 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9937 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9938 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9939 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9940 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9941 the same abbrev entry. */
9942 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9946 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9947 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9949 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9950 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9951 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9952 it's always sized as an offset. */
9953 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9954 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9955 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9956 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9958 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9961 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9963 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9964 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9966 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9967 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9969 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9970 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9971 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9973 case dw_val_class_str
:
9974 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
9975 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9977 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9979 case dw_val_class_file
:
9980 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9982 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9993 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9994 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9995 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9996 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9999 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10003 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10004 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10006 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10008 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10009 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10010 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10013 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10014 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10015 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10016 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10019 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10023 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10026 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10029 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10032 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10036 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10037 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10040 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10043 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10046 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10052 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10056 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10058 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10059 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10060 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10063 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10064 generated for the compilation unit. */
10066 static unsigned long
10067 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10069 unsigned long size
;
10073 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10074 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10075 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10076 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10077 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10078 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10080 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10084 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10086 static unsigned long
10087 size_of_aranges (void)
10089 unsigned long size
;
10091 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10093 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10094 if (text_section_used
)
10095 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10096 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10097 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10098 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10100 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10101 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10105 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10107 static enum dwarf_form
10108 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10110 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10112 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10113 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10114 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10117 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10118 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10119 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10120 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10124 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10127 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10129 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10131 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10133 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10135 gcc_unreachable ();
10137 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10138 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10139 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10140 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10142 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10143 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10146 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10148 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10150 gcc_unreachable ();
10152 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10153 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10154 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10155 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10158 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10160 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10162 gcc_unreachable ();
10164 case dw_val_class_const
:
10165 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10166 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10167 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10170 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10172 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10174 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10176 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10178 gcc_unreachable ();
10180 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10181 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10184 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10186 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10188 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10191 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10193 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10194 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10195 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10198 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10200 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10202 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10204 gcc_unreachable ();
10206 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10207 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10209 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10210 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10211 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10212 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10213 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10214 the same abbrev entry. */
10215 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10216 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10218 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10219 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10220 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10221 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10223 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10224 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10225 return DW_FORM_data
;
10226 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10227 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10228 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10229 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10230 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10231 case dw_val_class_str
:
10232 return AT_string_form (a
);
10233 case dw_val_class_file
:
10234 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10237 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10239 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10241 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10243 gcc_unreachable ();
10246 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10247 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10250 gcc_unreachable ();
10254 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10257 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10259 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10261 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10264 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10268 output_abbrev_section (void)
10270 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10272 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10274 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10276 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10280 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10282 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10283 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10287 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10291 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10292 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10299 /* Terminate the table. */
10300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10303 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10306 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10308 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10313 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10314 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10315 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10317 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10319 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10322 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10325 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10326 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10327 const char *section
)
10329 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10331 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10332 retlist
->end
= end
;
10333 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10334 retlist
->section
= section
;
10339 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10340 hasn't got one yet. */
10343 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10345 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10346 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10349 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10352 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10354 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10356 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10358 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10359 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10361 unsigned long size
;
10362 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10363 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10365 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10367 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10368 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10369 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10370 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10371 "Location list end address (%s)",
10372 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10376 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10377 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10378 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10379 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10380 "Location list end address (%s)",
10381 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10383 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10385 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10386 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10387 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10389 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10392 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10393 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10394 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10395 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10396 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10397 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10400 /* Output a type signature. */
10403 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10407 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10411 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10412 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10415 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10419 unsigned long size
;
10422 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10423 them to point to. */
10424 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10425 output_die_symbol (die
);
10427 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10428 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10429 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10431 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10433 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10435 switch (AT_class (a
))
10437 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10438 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10441 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10442 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10446 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10448 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10450 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10451 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10452 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10453 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10458 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10459 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10461 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10462 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10465 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10467 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10470 case dw_val_class_const
:
10471 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10472 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10473 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10474 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10477 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10478 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10479 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10482 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10484 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10486 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10487 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10488 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10489 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10492 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10494 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10495 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10499 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10500 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10503 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10505 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10510 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10512 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10513 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10517 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10518 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10519 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10524 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10526 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10527 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10528 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10532 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10533 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10535 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10536 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10537 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10538 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10539 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10540 the same abbrev entry. */
10541 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10542 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10543 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10544 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10550 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10552 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10555 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10560 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10561 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10563 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10565 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10566 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10568 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10569 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10573 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10577 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10578 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10580 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10581 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10583 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10584 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10590 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10591 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10596 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10601 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10602 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10607 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10608 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10611 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10612 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10613 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10616 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10617 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10618 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10621 case dw_val_class_str
:
10622 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10623 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10624 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10626 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10628 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10631 case dw_val_class_file
:
10633 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10635 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10636 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10640 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10644 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10646 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10651 gcc_unreachable ();
10655 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10657 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10658 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10660 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10663 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10664 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10667 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10669 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10671 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10672 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10673 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10674 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10675 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10676 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10677 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10678 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10679 debug_abbrev_section
,
10680 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10684 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10687 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10689 const char *secname
;
10690 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10692 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10693 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10696 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10697 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10698 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10699 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10700 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10703 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10705 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10706 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10707 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10709 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10712 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10714 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10716 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10717 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10720 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10722 /* Output debugging information. */
10723 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10726 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10727 output_pubnames. */
10731 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10735 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10738 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10740 const char *secname
;
10743 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10747 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10748 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10750 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10752 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10753 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10754 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10756 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10757 secname
= ".debug_types";
10758 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10759 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10760 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10761 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10762 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10763 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10764 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10767 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10768 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10769 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10770 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10772 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10775 /* Output debugging information. */
10776 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10777 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10778 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10779 "Offset to Type DIE");
10780 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10782 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10785 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10787 static const char *
10788 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10790 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10793 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10796 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10801 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10802 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10806 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10808 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10810 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10812 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10816 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10819 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10824 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10825 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10826 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10831 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10833 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10834 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10835 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10836 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10837 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10839 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10844 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10846 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10849 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10850 it to the table. */
10851 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10852 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10856 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10857 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10860 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10863 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10866 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10867 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10868 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10869 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10870 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10871 "Length of Public Names Info");
10873 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10874 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10875 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10876 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10877 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10878 debug_info_section
,
10879 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10880 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10881 "Compilation Unit Length");
10883 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10885 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10886 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10887 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10889 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10890 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10891 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10893 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10903 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10906 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10908 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10911 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10913 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10914 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10915 arange_table_allocated
);
10916 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10917 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10920 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10923 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10924 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10925 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10928 output_aranges (void)
10931 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10933 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10934 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10935 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10936 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10937 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10938 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10940 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10941 debug_info_section
,
10942 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
10944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10946 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10947 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
10949 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10951 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10952 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10953 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
10957 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10958 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10959 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10960 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10961 confused with the terminator. */
10962 if (text_section_used
)
10964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
10965 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
10966 text_section_label
, "Length");
10968 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10970 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
10972 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
10973 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
10976 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
10978 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
10980 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10981 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10983 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
10987 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
10988 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
10992 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10993 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10994 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10995 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
10996 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10998 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11001 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11003 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11004 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11005 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11006 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11011 /* Output the terminator words. */
11012 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11013 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11016 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11019 static unsigned int
11020 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11022 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11024 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11026 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11027 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11028 ranges_table_allocated
);
11029 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11030 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11033 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11034 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11036 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11039 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11040 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11042 static unsigned int
11043 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11045 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11048 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11052 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11055 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11056 unsigned int offset
;
11058 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11060 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11061 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11063 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11064 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11065 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11066 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11069 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11070 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11071 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11073 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11076 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11082 output_ranges (void)
11085 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11086 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11088 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11090 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11094 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11095 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11097 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11100 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11101 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11102 base of the text section. */
11103 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11105 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11106 text_section_label
,
11107 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11108 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11109 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11112 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11113 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11114 about whether the target supports cross-section
11118 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11119 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11120 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11126 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11127 else if (block_num
< 0)
11129 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11131 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11133 gcc_unreachable ();
11135 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11136 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11137 the #if 0 above. */
11138 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11139 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11140 text_section_label
,
11141 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11142 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11143 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11144 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11149 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11150 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11151 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11152 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11153 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11159 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11160 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11166 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11169 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11170 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11171 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11172 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11173 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11176 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11180 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11181 int length
; /* Path length. */
11182 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11183 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11184 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11187 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11188 the directories in the path. */
11191 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11193 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11194 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11195 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11196 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11198 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11199 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11200 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11201 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11202 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11203 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11204 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11206 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11207 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11213 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11214 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11215 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11216 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11217 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11219 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11220 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11221 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11225 struct file_name_acquire_data
11227 struct file_info
*files
;
11232 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11235 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11237 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11238 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11239 struct file_info
*fi
;
11242 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11244 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11247 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11249 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11251 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11253 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11256 /* Create a new array entry. */
11258 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11261 /* Search for the file name part. */
11262 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11263 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11265 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11269 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11275 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11279 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11280 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11281 slowdowns with many input files. */
11284 output_file_names (void)
11286 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11288 struct file_info
*files
;
11289 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11297 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11299 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11304 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11306 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11307 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11308 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11310 fnad
.files
= files
;
11311 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11312 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11313 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11314 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11316 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11318 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11319 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11320 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11321 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11323 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11324 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11327 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11328 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11329 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11330 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11332 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11333 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11334 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11340 /* This is a new directory. */
11341 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11342 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11343 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11344 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11345 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11347 /* Search for a prefix. */
11348 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11349 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11350 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11351 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11352 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11353 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11354 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11355 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11360 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11361 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11362 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11363 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11364 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11365 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11366 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11367 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11369 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11370 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11375 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11376 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11377 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11378 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11380 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11383 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11385 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11389 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11390 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11391 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11395 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11396 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11398 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11399 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11404 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11406 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11408 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11409 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11410 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11412 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11413 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11415 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11416 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11421 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11422 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11423 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11424 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11426 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11427 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11431 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11432 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11433 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11434 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11435 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11436 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11438 /* Now write all the file names. */
11439 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11441 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11442 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11444 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11445 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11447 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11448 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11453 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11454 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11455 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11456 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11458 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11459 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11460 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11462 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11463 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11465 /* Include directory index. */
11466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11468 /* Modification time. */
11469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11470 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11474 /* File length in bytes. */
11475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11476 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11480 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11481 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11483 /* Include directory index. */
11484 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11486 /* Modification time. */
11487 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11489 /* File length in bytes. */
11490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11498 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11499 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11502 output_line_info (void)
11504 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11505 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11506 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11508 unsigned n_op_args
;
11509 unsigned long lt_index
;
11510 unsigned long current_line
;
11513 unsigned long current_file
;
11514 unsigned long function
;
11515 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11518 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11519 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11520 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11522 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11523 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11524 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11525 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11526 "Length of Source Line Info");
11527 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11530 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11531 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11533 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11534 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11535 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11536 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11537 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11538 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11539 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11540 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11542 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
11546 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11548 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11550 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11552 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11554 "Special Opcode Base");
11556 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11560 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11561 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11562 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11563 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11564 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11572 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11576 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11577 output_file_names ();
11578 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11580 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11581 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11582 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11584 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11585 a series of state machine operations. */
11589 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11590 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11592 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11593 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11595 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11598 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11599 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11602 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11603 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11604 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11605 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11606 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11610 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11612 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11613 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11614 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11615 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11616 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11617 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11622 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11624 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11625 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11629 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11630 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11634 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11637 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11639 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11640 different from the previous line. */
11641 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11643 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11645 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11648 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11649 that uses the least amount of space. */
11650 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11652 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11653 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11654 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11655 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11656 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11657 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11660 "line %lu", current_line
);
11663 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11664 depending on the value being encoded. */
11665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11666 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11672 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11676 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11680 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11681 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11688 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11692 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11698 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11700 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11701 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11704 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11705 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11706 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11707 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11711 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11712 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11713 to handle it differently. */
11714 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11716 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11718 function
= line_info
->function
;
11720 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11722 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11724 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11728 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11732 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11733 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11738 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11740 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11744 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11746 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11747 different from the previous line. */
11748 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11750 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11752 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11755 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11756 that uses the least amount of space. */
11757 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11759 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11760 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11761 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11762 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11763 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11764 "line %lu", current_line
);
11767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11768 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11769 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11782 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11783 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11784 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11789 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11790 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11794 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11795 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11800 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11802 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11805 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11807 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11812 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11813 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11816 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11818 static unsigned long
11819 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11821 unsigned long size
;
11824 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11826 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11827 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11829 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11830 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11832 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11833 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11834 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11836 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11837 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11838 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11840 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11841 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11843 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11849 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11850 identical function have been merged. */
11853 output_dcall_table (void)
11856 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11858 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11859 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11861 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11862 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11863 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11864 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11865 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11866 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11867 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11868 debug_info_section
,
11869 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11870 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11872 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11874 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11875 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11877 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11878 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11881 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11883 "Caller DIE offset");
11886 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11887 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11888 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11889 "Callee DIE offset");
11893 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11895 static unsigned long
11896 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11898 unsigned long size
;
11902 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11905 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11906 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11907 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11912 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11913 identical function have been merged. */
11916 output_vcall_table (void)
11919 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11921 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11923 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11924 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11925 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11926 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11927 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11928 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11931 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11933 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11934 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11935 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11939 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11940 a DIE that describes the given type.
11942 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11943 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11946 base_type_die (tree type
)
11948 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
11949 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
11951 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
11954 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11955 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11956 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11957 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11959 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11962 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
11964 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11965 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
11967 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
11969 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11970 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
11972 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
11976 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
11978 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
11979 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
11981 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11984 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
11987 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
11988 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
11989 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11990 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11991 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
11993 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
11996 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11997 a user defined type for it. */
11999 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12000 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12002 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12006 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12007 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12011 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12012 gcc_unreachable ();
12015 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12017 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12018 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
12019 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
12021 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12022 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12023 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12025 return base_type_result
;
12028 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12029 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12032 is_base_type (tree type
)
12034 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12040 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12048 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12049 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12050 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12053 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12060 gcc_unreachable ();
12066 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12067 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12068 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12069 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12070 ERROR_MARK node. */
12072 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12073 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12075 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12076 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12077 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12079 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12080 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12082 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12085 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12086 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12089 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12091 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12092 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12094 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12095 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12097 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12099 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12101 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12102 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12103 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12107 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12109 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12111 return subrange_die
;
12114 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12115 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12118 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12119 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12121 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12122 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12123 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12124 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12125 tree qualified_type
;
12126 tree name
, low
, high
;
12128 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12131 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12134 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12135 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12136 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12138 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12139 if (qualified_type
)
12141 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12143 return mod_type_die
;
12146 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12148 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12149 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12150 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12152 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12154 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12156 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12157 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12158 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12160 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12161 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12162 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12163 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12164 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12165 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12166 type to which it refers. */
12167 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12168 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12170 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12175 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12176 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12178 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12180 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12181 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12183 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12185 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12186 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12187 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12188 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12189 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12190 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12191 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12193 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12195 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12196 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12197 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12198 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12199 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12200 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12201 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12203 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12204 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12205 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12207 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12208 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12210 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12211 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12214 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12216 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12217 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12218 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12219 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12220 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12222 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12223 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12225 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12226 not the main variant. */
12227 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12230 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12231 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12232 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12233 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12234 if the base type already has the same name. */
12236 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12237 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12238 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12239 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12240 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12241 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12243 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12244 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12245 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12246 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12247 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12248 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12251 if (qualified_type
)
12252 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12255 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12256 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12257 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12258 types are possible in Ada. */
12259 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12260 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12261 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12264 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12265 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12267 return mod_type_die
;
12270 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12271 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12272 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12275 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12279 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12281 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12285 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12286 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12287 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12291 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12293 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12294 or function. End of story. */
12297 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12298 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12299 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12301 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12303 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12304 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12305 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12306 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12308 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12310 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12311 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12312 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12313 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12314 an argument pack. */
12315 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12316 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12320 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12321 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12326 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12327 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12328 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12329 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12330 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12332 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12333 as a child node. */
12336 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12338 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12340 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12341 const char *name
= NULL
;
12343 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12346 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12347 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12348 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12350 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12351 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12352 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12353 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12354 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12355 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12356 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12357 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12358 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12359 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12360 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12361 name of the template template argument. */
12362 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12365 gcc_unreachable ();
12371 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12372 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12373 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12374 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12378 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12380 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12383 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12385 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12386 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12387 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12388 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12389 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12390 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12391 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12392 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12397 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12398 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12399 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12401 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12402 to the name of the argument. */
12403 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12405 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12408 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12409 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12410 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12411 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12413 We must be careful here:
12414 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12415 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12416 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12417 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12418 emitted after cgraph computations.
12419 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12420 after cgraph is ready. */
12421 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12427 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12428 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12429 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12432 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12433 tree parm_pack_args
,
12434 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12439 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12441 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12442 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12443 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12444 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12445 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12446 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12451 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12452 an enumerated type. */
12455 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12457 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12460 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12462 static unsigned int
12463 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12465 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12467 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12469 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12470 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12472 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12473 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12474 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12478 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12481 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12482 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12483 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12486 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12488 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12490 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12492 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12493 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12496 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12497 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12502 zero if there is none. */
12504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12505 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12509 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12512 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12514 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12515 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12517 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12520 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12521 a given hard register number. */
12523 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12524 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12526 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12530 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12532 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12534 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12535 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12537 return reg_loc_descr
;
12540 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12541 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12543 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12544 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12545 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12547 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12549 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12552 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12553 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12555 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12556 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12557 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12560 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12561 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12563 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12564 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12566 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12571 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12573 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12574 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12575 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12576 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12582 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12584 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12586 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12589 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12591 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12593 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12594 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12595 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12596 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12597 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12600 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12601 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12605 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12607 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12609 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12611 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12612 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12614 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12616 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12617 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12621 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12622 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12623 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12624 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12625 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12626 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12627 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12628 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12635 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12636 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12637 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12638 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12639 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12640 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12645 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12649 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12650 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12651 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12653 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12654 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12657 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12659 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12666 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12668 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12670 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12671 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12674 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12680 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12682 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12683 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12686 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12688 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12689 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12690 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12691 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12692 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12693 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12695 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12696 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12697 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12701 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12703 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12704 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12708 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12710 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12711 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12712 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12714 unsigned int regno
;
12715 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12716 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12718 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12719 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12720 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12721 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12722 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12724 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12728 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12730 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12731 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12733 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12734 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12735 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12736 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12737 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12738 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12740 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12741 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12742 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12743 access stack variables. */
12744 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12745 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12748 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12749 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12750 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12751 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12754 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12755 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12760 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12761 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12763 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12764 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12765 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12766 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12767 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12768 else in other part of the routine. */
12769 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12772 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12774 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12777 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12779 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12780 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12785 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12788 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12790 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12791 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12792 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12793 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12796 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12799 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12800 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12803 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12805 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12808 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12810 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12811 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12814 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12815 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12818 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12819 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12824 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12828 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12830 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12832 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12834 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12837 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12838 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12840 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12844 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12845 or via for_each_rtx. */
12848 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12852 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
12854 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12855 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12856 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12857 inform (current_function_decl
12858 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
12859 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
12860 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12863 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12864 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12868 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12871 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12874 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12875 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12876 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12879 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12880 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12885 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12888 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12889 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12890 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12891 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12892 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12893 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12895 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12897 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12899 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12900 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12908 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12909 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12910 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12913 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12915 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12916 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12918 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12919 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12924 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12925 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12926 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12927 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12929 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12930 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12931 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12932 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12934 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12935 autoincrement addressing modes.
12937 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12938 location list for RTL.
12940 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12942 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12943 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
12944 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12946 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12947 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12948 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
12950 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12951 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12952 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12953 zeroth element of the array. */
12955 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12957 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
12962 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
12965 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12966 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12967 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12968 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12969 contains the given subreg. */
12970 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
12972 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
12973 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12975 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
12977 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
12981 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12982 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12983 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12984 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12985 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12986 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12987 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12988 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12989 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12990 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12991 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12992 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12993 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12994 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12995 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12996 else if (stack_realign_drap
12998 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
12999 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13001 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13002 out, use DRAP instead. */
13003 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13004 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13010 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13011 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13016 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13017 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13018 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13019 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13023 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13024 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13026 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13027 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13032 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13033 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13034 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13035 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13036 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13038 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13040 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13043 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13044 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13046 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13047 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13048 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13052 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13053 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13054 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13059 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13061 /* ... fall through ... */
13064 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13065 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13069 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13070 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13072 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13074 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13075 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13078 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13079 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13080 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13081 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13083 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13084 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13089 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13093 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13094 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13095 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13096 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13102 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13103 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13107 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13108 PLUS code below. */
13109 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13114 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13116 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13117 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13118 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13119 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13121 /* ... fall through ... */
13125 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13126 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13127 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13128 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13131 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13132 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13133 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13136 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13137 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13140 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13141 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13142 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13143 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13145 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13146 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13147 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13152 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13153 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13195 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13196 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13197 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13198 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13200 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13203 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13204 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13205 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13209 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13210 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13211 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13212 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13214 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13217 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13218 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13219 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13220 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13221 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13222 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13223 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13239 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13240 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13245 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13246 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13250 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13278 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13279 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13283 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13285 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13286 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13287 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13290 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13291 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13292 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13293 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13295 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13298 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13299 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13301 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13302 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13303 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13304 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13305 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13307 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13309 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13310 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13313 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13314 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13316 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13317 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13318 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13319 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13320 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13321 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13322 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13323 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13324 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13325 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13326 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13327 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13328 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13329 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13330 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13331 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13332 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13335 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13336 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13337 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13338 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13341 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13342 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13348 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13349 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13350 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13351 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13353 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13354 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13355 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13376 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13377 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13381 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13383 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13384 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13385 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13388 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13389 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13390 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13391 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13393 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13396 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13397 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13399 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13400 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13402 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13403 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13406 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13407 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13409 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13410 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13411 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13412 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13413 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13414 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13416 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13417 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13419 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13420 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13421 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13422 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13423 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13424 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13426 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13427 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13432 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13433 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13434 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13435 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13436 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13437 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13439 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13449 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13450 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13451 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13454 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13455 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13456 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13457 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13459 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13462 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13463 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13464 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13465 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13467 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13469 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13470 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13471 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13472 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13473 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13477 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13478 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13479 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13480 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13483 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13485 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13486 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13487 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13488 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13489 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13490 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13491 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13494 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13498 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13499 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13500 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13502 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13504 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13505 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13506 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13507 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13508 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13509 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13510 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13516 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13517 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13518 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13519 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13520 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13521 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13522 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13525 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13526 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13529 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13533 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13534 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13535 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13536 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13537 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13539 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13541 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13542 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13544 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13546 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13548 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13549 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13550 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13560 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13561 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13588 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13590 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13593 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13594 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13596 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13608 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
13611 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13612 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13617 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13621 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13622 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13623 gcc_unreachable ();
13629 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13630 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13632 return mem_loc_result
;
13635 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13636 This is typically a complex variable. */
13638 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13639 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13641 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13642 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13643 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13644 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13645 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13647 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13650 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13651 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13653 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13654 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13656 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13657 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13659 return cc_loc_result
;
13662 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13665 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13666 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13669 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13670 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13672 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13674 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13675 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13677 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13681 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13682 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13685 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13686 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13688 return cc_loc_result
;
13691 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13692 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13693 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13694 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13695 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13697 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13698 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13699 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13701 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13703 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13704 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13705 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13707 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13709 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13712 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13713 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13714 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13715 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13716 contains the given subreg. */
13717 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13721 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13726 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13730 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13732 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13733 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13734 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13736 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13737 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13738 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13743 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13748 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13753 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
13755 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
13756 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
13757 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
13758 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
13762 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13767 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13768 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13769 enum machine_mode mode
;
13772 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13773 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13774 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13775 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13777 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13778 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13779 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13781 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13783 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13784 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13787 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13788 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13789 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13795 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13796 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13801 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13802 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13804 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13806 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13808 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13809 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13810 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13811 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13812 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13813 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13814 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13816 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13817 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13819 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13820 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13821 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13822 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13823 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13827 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13828 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.high
13829 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
);
13830 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.low
13831 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
);
13837 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13838 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13840 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13842 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13843 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13844 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13848 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13849 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13851 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13852 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13854 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13855 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
13857 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
13865 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
13866 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
13870 gcc_unreachable ();
13873 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13874 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
13877 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
13878 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13880 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13881 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13886 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
13887 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
13892 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13893 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13895 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13896 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13901 gcc_unreachable ();
13904 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13905 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13906 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13907 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13908 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13909 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13914 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13915 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13916 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13917 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13919 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13924 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13927 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13928 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13930 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13931 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13932 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13933 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13934 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13939 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13940 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13941 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13943 /* Value expression. */
13944 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13946 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13947 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13955 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13956 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13957 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13958 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13959 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13960 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13962 static const char *
13963 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
13965 const char *secname
;
13967 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
13969 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
13970 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13972 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13974 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
13975 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13977 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13978 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
13980 secname
= text_section_label
;
13985 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13988 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
13990 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
13991 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13992 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
13995 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13998 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13999 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14000 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14002 int have_address
= 0;
14003 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14004 enum machine_mode mode
;
14006 if (want_address
!= 2)
14008 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14010 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14012 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14013 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14014 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14015 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14016 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14018 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14019 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14024 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14026 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14030 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14037 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
14044 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14045 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14047 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14049 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14050 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14053 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14056 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14057 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14059 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14060 "Want address and only have value");
14064 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14065 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14067 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14068 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14070 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14072 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14073 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14076 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14079 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14081 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14087 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14088 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14091 static dw_loc_list_ref
14092 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14094 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14096 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14097 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14098 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14099 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14100 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14101 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14103 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14104 actually construct the list of locations.
14105 The first location information is what is passed to the
14106 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14107 locations just get added on to that list.
14108 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14109 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14110 the range [current location start, next location start].
14111 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14112 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14114 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14116 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14117 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14119 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14120 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14121 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14122 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14123 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14126 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14128 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14132 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14133 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14134 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14136 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14137 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14138 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14141 if (!current_function_decl
)
14142 endname
= text_end_label
;
14145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14146 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14147 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14150 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14151 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14155 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14156 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14157 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14158 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14159 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14161 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14167 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14168 as location description. */
14171 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14173 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14174 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14177 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14180 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14182 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14183 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14184 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14187 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14188 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14189 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14190 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14192 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14193 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14194 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14197 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14201 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14202 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14203 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14204 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14206 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14207 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14208 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14209 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14213 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14222 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14224 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14227 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14229 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14233 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14234 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14235 " location lists.\n");
14240 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14241 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14243 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14244 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14246 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14247 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14248 enum machine_mode mode
;
14250 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14255 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14257 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14258 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14260 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14262 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14263 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14266 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14267 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14268 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14271 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14272 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14273 into simple arithmetics. */
14275 static dw_loc_list_ref
14276 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14279 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14280 enum machine_mode mode
;
14282 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14283 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14285 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14286 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14287 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14289 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14291 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14294 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14296 expansion_failed (obj
,
14297 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14300 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14301 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14303 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14304 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14306 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14311 /* Variable offset. */
14312 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14313 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14315 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14318 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14319 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14321 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14323 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14324 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14326 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14327 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14328 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14329 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14335 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14336 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14337 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14338 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14339 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14340 to refer to register values). */
14342 static dw_loc_list_ref
14343 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14345 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14346 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14347 int have_address
= 0;
14348 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14350 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14351 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14354 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14357 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14360 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14361 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14362 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14363 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14364 the names of types. */
14365 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14369 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14370 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14373 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14374 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14375 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14376 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14377 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14378 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14382 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14383 e.g. for &this->field. */
14386 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14387 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14390 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14391 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14394 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14395 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14396 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14400 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14406 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14409 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14410 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14411 bool dtprel
= false;
14413 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14415 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14417 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14420 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14421 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14423 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14425 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14427 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14431 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14432 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14434 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14435 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14436 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14439 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14440 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14445 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14446 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14449 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14450 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14451 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14452 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14454 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14455 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14463 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14464 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14469 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14472 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14474 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14476 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14477 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14480 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14481 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14483 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14486 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14488 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14489 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14490 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14491 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14493 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14495 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14498 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14500 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14501 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14502 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14506 enum machine_mode mode
;
14508 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14509 if (want_address
== 2)
14511 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14512 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14517 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14520 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14523 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14526 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14527 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14533 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14534 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14535 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14539 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14540 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14543 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14546 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14548 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14549 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14551 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14552 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14553 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14556 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14557 enum machine_mode mode
;
14559 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14561 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14562 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14564 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14566 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14568 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14569 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14570 for nonzero bitpos. */
14573 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14575 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14576 "bitfield access");
14580 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14582 /* Variable offset. */
14583 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14584 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14586 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14589 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14592 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14594 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14595 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14596 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14603 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14604 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14606 else if (want_address
== 2
14607 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14608 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14609 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14610 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14612 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14613 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14616 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14617 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14626 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14629 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14630 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14631 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14634 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14635 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14640 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14645 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14646 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14651 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14652 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14653 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14654 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14655 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14664 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14665 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14666 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14667 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14668 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14673 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14674 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14675 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14678 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14681 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14682 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14683 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14684 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14685 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14697 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14700 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14702 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14703 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14705 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14709 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14717 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14724 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14731 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14738 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14753 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14754 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14755 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14758 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14761 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14764 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14778 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14782 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14788 const enum tree_code code
=
14789 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14791 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14792 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14793 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14794 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14797 /* ... fall through ... */
14801 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14802 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14803 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14804 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14805 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14807 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14808 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14811 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14812 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14814 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14815 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14816 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14818 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14819 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14820 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14822 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14823 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14824 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14825 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14826 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14830 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14834 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14835 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14836 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14837 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14839 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14840 "language specific tree node");
14844 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14845 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14846 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14847 gcc_unreachable ();
14849 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14850 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14855 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14858 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14859 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14861 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14863 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14864 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14868 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14870 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14871 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14874 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14875 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14877 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14878 "Want address and only have value");
14882 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14884 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14885 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14887 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14889 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14891 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14892 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14895 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14898 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14901 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14903 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14906 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14911 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14912 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14913 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14915 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14918 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14920 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14921 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14927 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14928 which is not less than the value itself. */
14930 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14931 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14933 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14936 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14937 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14938 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14939 ERROR_MARK node. */
14942 field_type (const_tree decl
)
14946 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14947 return integer_type_node
;
14949 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
14950 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
14951 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14956 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14957 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14958 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14960 static inline unsigned
14961 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
14963 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14966 static inline unsigned
14967 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
14969 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14972 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14974 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14975 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
14977 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14978 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14979 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14980 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14981 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
14987 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
14990 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14991 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14992 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14993 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14994 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14997 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14998 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15000 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
15001 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
15003 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15006 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15008 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15009 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15010 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15011 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
15014 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
15016 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15017 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15020 tree field_size_tree
;
15021 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
15022 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
15023 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15024 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15025 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
15027 type
= field_type (decl
);
15028 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15029 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15031 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15033 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15034 a flexible array member. */
15035 if (!field_size_tree
)
15036 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15038 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15039 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
15040 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
15042 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15044 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15046 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15047 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15048 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15049 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15050 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15051 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15052 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15053 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15054 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15056 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15058 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15059 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15060 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15061 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15062 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15063 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15064 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15065 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15066 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15067 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15068 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15070 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15071 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15072 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15073 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15074 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15075 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15076 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15077 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15078 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15079 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15082 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15083 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15084 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15085 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15086 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15087 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15088 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15090 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15091 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15092 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15094 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15095 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15097 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15099 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15101 object_offset_in_bits
15102 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15104 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15106 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15108 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15109 object_offset_in_bits
15110 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15115 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15117 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15120 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15121 associated with them. */
15123 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15125 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15126 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15127 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15130 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15131 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15135 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15136 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15138 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15141 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15142 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15143 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15144 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15145 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15146 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15149 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15150 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15151 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15152 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15153 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15154 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15155 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15156 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15157 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15158 function below.) */
15161 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15163 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15164 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15166 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15168 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15169 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15171 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15172 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15173 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15174 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15176 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15178 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15180 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15182 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15183 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15184 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15186 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15187 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15188 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15190 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15191 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15192 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15194 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15195 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15196 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15197 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15199 /* Extract the offset. */
15200 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15201 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15203 /* Add it to the object address. */
15204 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15205 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15208 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15211 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15215 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15217 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15218 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15223 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15225 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15226 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15227 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15229 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15230 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15231 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15235 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15238 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15242 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15245 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15248 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15252 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15258 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15260 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15261 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15263 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15269 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15275 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15278 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15280 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15284 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15285 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15287 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15288 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15290 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15295 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15296 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15297 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15298 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15299 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15302 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15304 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15308 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15311 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15313 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15318 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15319 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15320 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15323 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15325 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15327 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15328 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15330 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15331 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15334 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15335 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15341 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15342 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15343 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15344 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15348 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15350 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15351 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15353 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15354 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
15356 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
15364 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
15365 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
15369 gcc_unreachable ();
15372 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15373 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
15376 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
15377 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15379 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15380 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15385 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15386 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15391 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15392 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15394 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15395 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15400 gcc_unreachable ();
15403 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15408 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15410 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15411 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15413 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15414 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15415 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15416 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15417 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15418 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15424 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15425 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15428 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15431 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15436 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15437 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15438 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15439 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15440 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15441 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15442 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15443 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15444 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15445 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15446 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15454 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15455 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15456 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15458 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15464 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15465 gcc_unreachable ();
15470 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15471 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15474 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15475 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15477 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15478 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15480 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15481 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15483 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15484 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15485 be conservative. */
15486 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15487 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15489 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15491 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15495 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15496 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15498 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15499 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15500 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15501 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15502 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15505 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15511 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15512 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15515 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15517 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15519 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15520 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15521 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15523 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15524 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15525 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15527 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15529 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15530 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15531 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15532 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15533 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15535 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15536 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15537 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15538 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15541 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15543 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15545 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15546 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15547 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15549 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15550 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15551 reference variables which won't be output. */
15552 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15553 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15555 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15557 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15558 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15563 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15565 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15566 bool constant_p
= true;
15568 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15570 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15571 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15572 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15573 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15574 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15576 constant_p
= false;
15582 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15592 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15594 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15595 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15601 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15604 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15608 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15609 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15610 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15612 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15613 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15614 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15615 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15616 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15617 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15618 referenced within the function.
15620 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15621 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15622 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15623 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15625 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15626 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15627 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15628 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15629 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15630 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15632 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15633 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15634 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15635 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15636 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15637 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15638 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15639 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15640 output at debug-time.
15642 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15643 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15644 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15645 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15646 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15647 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15648 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15649 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15650 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15651 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15652 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15653 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15654 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15656 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15657 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15658 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15659 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15660 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15661 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15662 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15663 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15664 I'd like to fix it.
15666 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15667 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15668 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15669 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15670 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15671 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15672 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15673 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15674 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15675 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15676 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15678 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15679 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15681 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15682 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15683 fixed registers. */
15684 if (! reload_completed
)
15687 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15689 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15691 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15692 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15694 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15699 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15701 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15703 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15704 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15705 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15706 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15708 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15709 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15710 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15711 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15712 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15713 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15714 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15715 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15717 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15720 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15722 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15723 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15724 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15725 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15732 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15733 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15734 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15735 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15736 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15737 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15739 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15740 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15741 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15742 /* Not passed in memory. */
15743 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15744 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15745 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15746 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15747 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15748 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15749 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15752 /* Big endian correction check. */
15753 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15754 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15755 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15758 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15759 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15761 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15762 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15765 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15768 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15769 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15771 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15772 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15774 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15775 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15776 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15777 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15778 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15779 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15781 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15782 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15785 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15786 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15787 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15788 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15789 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15792 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15794 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15795 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15796 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15798 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15800 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15801 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15803 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15804 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15805 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15806 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15807 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15808 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15809 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15811 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
15813 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15814 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15821 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15822 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15823 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15826 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15828 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15829 enum machine_mode mode
;
15830 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15832 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15834 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15835 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15836 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15837 be handled as such. */
15838 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15839 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15840 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15844 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15845 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15848 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15849 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15851 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15852 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15853 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15854 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15858 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15860 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15862 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15865 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15870 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15871 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15872 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15873 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15874 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15875 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15876 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15877 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15878 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15879 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15882 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15883 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15886 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15887 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15889 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15892 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15893 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15895 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15898 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15899 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15900 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15903 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15904 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15905 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15906 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15909 && loc_list
->first
== loc_list
->last
15910 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15911 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15913 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15915 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15916 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15917 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15918 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15919 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15920 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15923 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15926 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15929 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15930 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15931 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15934 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15937 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
15939 deferred_locations entry
;
15940 entry
.variable
= variable
;
15942 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
15945 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15946 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15949 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
15953 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
15957 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15960 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15961 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15963 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15964 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15966 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
15968 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15970 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
15972 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
15973 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15974 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
15975 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15978 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
15983 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15984 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15986 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15988 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
15989 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15990 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
15991 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15993 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
15994 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
15997 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
15998 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
16001 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
16002 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
16004 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16007 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16008 tree index
= ce
->index
;
16010 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16011 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
16014 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
16019 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16022 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
16023 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16025 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
16026 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
16030 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
16031 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
16034 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
16038 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
16039 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
16041 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
16042 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16043 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16045 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16048 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16049 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16052 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16053 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16055 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16056 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16058 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16064 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16067 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16068 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16069 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16071 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16072 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16074 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16075 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16076 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16078 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16084 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16085 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16086 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16088 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16092 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16093 attribute is the const value T. */
16096 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16099 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16102 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16106 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16108 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16110 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16111 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16112 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16113 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16115 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16116 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16118 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16120 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16122 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16130 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16131 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16132 variable with static storage duration
16133 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16136 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16140 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16141 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16144 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16145 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16146 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16151 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16152 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16155 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16158 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16159 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16160 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16161 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16164 static dw_loc_list_ref
16165 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16168 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16170 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16171 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16172 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16174 fde
= current_fde ();
16175 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16177 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16181 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16182 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16183 remember
= next_cfa
;
16185 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16187 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16188 advance opcodes. */
16189 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16190 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16192 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16193 last_label
= start_label
;
16195 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16196 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16198 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16199 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16200 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16201 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16202 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16204 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16205 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16207 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16208 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16209 start_label
= last_label
;
16211 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16214 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16215 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16216 gcc_unreachable ();
16219 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16223 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16225 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16226 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16227 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16228 start_label
= last_label
;
16231 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16232 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16234 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16240 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16241 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16242 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16243 before the latter is negated. */
16246 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16250 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16251 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16252 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16254 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16255 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16258 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16259 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16261 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16262 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16265 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16266 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16267 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16268 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16269 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16270 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16272 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16275 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16276 the value of the attribute. */
16279 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16281 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16283 if (demangle_name_func
)
16284 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16286 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16290 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16293 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16295 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16301 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16305 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16306 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16308 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16309 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16313 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16316 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16320 lower_bound_default (void)
16322 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
))
16327 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
16329 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
16332 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
16333 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
16334 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
16338 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16339 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
16340 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
16341 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
16342 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
16343 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
16344 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
16346 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16352 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16353 a representation for that bound. */
16356 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16358 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16363 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16366 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16369 /* Use the default if possible. */
16370 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16371 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
16372 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16373 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
16376 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16377 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16378 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16379 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16381 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16382 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16383 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16384 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16386 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16387 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16388 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16389 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16391 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16392 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16397 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16398 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16408 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16410 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16411 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16412 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16413 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16414 later parameter. */
16415 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16417 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16425 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16426 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16428 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16429 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16431 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
16432 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
16434 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16435 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16436 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16437 If that fails to give a single element list,
16438 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16439 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
16440 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
16442 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
16449 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16450 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16452 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16454 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16455 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16456 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16457 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16458 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16464 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16465 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16466 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16467 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16470 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16472 unsigned dimension_number
;
16474 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16476 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16477 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16478 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16480 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16482 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16485 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16486 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16488 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16491 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16492 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16493 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16495 /* Define the index type. */
16496 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16498 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16499 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16500 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16501 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16502 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16503 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16504 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16507 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16511 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16512 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16514 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16515 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16516 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16518 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16520 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16523 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16524 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16530 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16534 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16539 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16542 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16543 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16546 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16547 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16548 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16549 even for bit-fields. */
16550 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16553 gcc_unreachable ();
16556 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16557 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16558 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16559 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16560 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16563 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16564 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16565 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16568 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16569 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16570 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16571 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16572 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16573 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16575 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16576 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16577 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16580 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16582 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16583 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16584 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16585 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16586 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16587 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16589 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16590 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16592 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16593 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16594 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16595 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16596 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16599 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16601 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16602 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16603 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16604 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16605 below must take account of these differences. */
16606 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16607 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16609 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16611 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16612 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16616 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16617 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16618 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16620 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16623 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16624 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16627 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16629 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16630 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16631 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16633 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16634 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16637 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16638 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16641 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16643 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16644 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16645 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16648 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16649 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16652 static inline dw_die_ref
16653 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16655 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16657 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16659 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16660 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16661 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16663 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16664 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16668 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16670 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16672 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16675 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16676 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16677 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16678 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16680 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16681 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16682 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16683 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16684 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16685 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16686 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16690 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16694 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16697 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16699 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16701 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16703 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16704 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16705 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16706 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16709 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16710 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16711 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16712 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16713 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16717 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16720 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16722 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16724 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16725 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16728 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16729 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16732 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16736 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16737 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16739 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16741 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16742 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16743 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16745 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16746 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16747 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16748 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
16751 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16752 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16754 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16756 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16757 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16758 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16759 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16760 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16762 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16763 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
16764 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16768 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16769 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16770 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16771 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16773 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16774 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16775 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16780 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16783 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16785 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16788 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16791 pop_decl_scope (void)
16793 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16796 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16797 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16798 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16799 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16800 the current active scope. */
16803 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16805 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16806 tree containing_scope
;
16809 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16810 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16812 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16814 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16815 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16817 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16820 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16823 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16824 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16825 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16826 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16827 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16829 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16830 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16831 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16833 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16834 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16835 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16836 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16837 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16842 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16843 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16845 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16846 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16849 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16852 scope_die
= context_die
;
16857 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16860 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16862 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16863 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16864 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16870 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16873 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16875 return (context_die
16876 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16877 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16878 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16879 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16882 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16883 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16886 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16888 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16889 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16892 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16893 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16894 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16897 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16898 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16900 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16901 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16903 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16904 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16905 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16906 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16907 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16908 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16909 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16911 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16912 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16913 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16914 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16915 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16918 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16919 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16920 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16923 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16924 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16927 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16928 function call type. */
16930 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16932 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16934 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16935 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16937 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16938 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16939 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16940 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16941 time being, following existing custom. */
16943 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
16944 value
= DW_CC_program
;
16946 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16947 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16948 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
16949 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
16952 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16953 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16954 was declared without a tag. */
16956 static const char *
16957 type_tag (const_tree type
)
16959 const char *name
= 0;
16961 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
16965 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16966 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
16967 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
16969 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16970 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16972 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
16973 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16975 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16976 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16977 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16978 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16979 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16980 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
16983 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16984 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
16985 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
16988 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
16991 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16992 for bit field types. */
16995 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
16997 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
16998 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
17001 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17002 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17005 static const char *
17006 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
17009 const char *fnname
;
17011 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
17012 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
17015 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17017 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
17022 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17023 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17024 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17027 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17029 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17030 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17032 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17033 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17034 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17035 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17036 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17037 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17038 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17039 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17040 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17042 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
17045 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17046 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17047 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
17048 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17050 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
17052 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17054 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17055 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17056 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17057 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
17059 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17060 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
17061 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
17062 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
17064 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
17065 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
17067 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
17068 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
17070 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
17071 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17072 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17078 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17079 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17080 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17081 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17084 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17085 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
17086 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
17089 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17090 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17091 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17093 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17095 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17096 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17097 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17098 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17101 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17103 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17104 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17105 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17106 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17109 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17110 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17111 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17112 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17113 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17114 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17115 for multidimensional arrays. */
17116 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17119 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17120 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17121 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17122 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17123 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17126 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17128 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17129 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17130 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17131 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17132 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17134 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17136 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17139 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17140 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17143 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17145 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17146 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17149 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17150 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17152 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17153 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17154 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17156 if (val
== base_decl
)
17157 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17159 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17162 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17164 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17166 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17167 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17170 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17173 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17176 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17177 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17179 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17181 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17183 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17184 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17187 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17190 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17196 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17199 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17202 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17203 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17225 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17226 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17228 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17230 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17232 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17236 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17240 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17243 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17244 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17247 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17248 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17250 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17251 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17254 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17255 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17256 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17258 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17260 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17261 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17263 if (info
->data_location
)
17264 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17266 if (info
->associated
)
17267 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17269 if (info
->allocated
)
17270 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17273 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17275 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17276 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17278 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17280 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17283 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
17284 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17285 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17288 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17289 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17292 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17293 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17294 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17296 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17297 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17298 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17302 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17303 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17305 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17306 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17311 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17313 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17314 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17316 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17317 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17320 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17321 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17322 0, 0, context_die
);
17325 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17326 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17328 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17332 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17333 emit full debugging info for them. */
17336 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17340 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17341 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17342 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17343 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17346 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17348 static enum dwarf_tag
17349 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17351 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17352 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17354 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17356 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17357 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17359 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17360 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17362 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17363 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17364 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17365 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17368 gcc_unreachable ();
17372 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17373 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17374 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17378 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17380 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17382 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17384 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17385 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17386 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17387 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17389 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17392 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17394 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17395 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17396 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17397 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17401 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17402 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17403 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17404 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17406 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17407 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17408 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17409 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17411 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17412 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17414 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17415 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17417 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17418 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17420 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17421 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17423 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17424 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17425 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17426 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17427 values as if they were signed. That means that
17428 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17429 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17430 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17431 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17435 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17437 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17438 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17443 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17444 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17447 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17448 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17449 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17450 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17451 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17452 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17453 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17454 argument type of some subprogram type.
17455 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17459 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17460 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17462 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17463 tree ultimate_origin
;
17464 dw_die_ref parm_die
17465 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17467 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17469 case tcc_declaration
:
17470 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
17471 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
17472 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
17473 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17474 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17477 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17479 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17480 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17481 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17484 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17485 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17486 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17488 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17489 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17492 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17493 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17494 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17495 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17501 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17502 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17506 gcc_unreachable ();
17512 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17513 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17516 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17517 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17518 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17519 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17520 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17521 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17524 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17526 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17530 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17532 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17533 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17536 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17537 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17539 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17541 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17544 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17545 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17550 return parm_pack_die
;
17553 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17554 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17557 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17559 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17562 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17563 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17564 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17565 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17568 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17571 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17572 tree first_parm_type
;
17575 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17577 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17578 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17583 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17585 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17586 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17587 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17589 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17591 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17592 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17595 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17596 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17597 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17599 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17600 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17601 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17602 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17604 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17606 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17609 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17610 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17611 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17612 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17614 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17615 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17616 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17617 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17618 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17619 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17622 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17623 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17624 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17625 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17626 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17629 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17631 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17633 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17634 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17635 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17636 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17637 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17639 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17640 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17642 push_decl_scope (type
);
17643 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17644 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17645 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17646 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17648 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17649 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17650 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17651 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17652 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17654 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17655 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17659 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17665 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17666 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17669 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17671 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17675 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17677 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17678 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17680 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17681 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17682 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17685 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17686 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17687 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17688 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17689 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17691 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17692 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17693 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17695 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17697 gen_type_die_for_member
17698 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17701 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17702 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17703 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17704 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17706 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17707 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17708 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17709 if (! was_abstract
)
17710 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17712 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17713 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17717 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17720 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17721 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17724 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17729 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17730 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17732 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17736 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17737 through htab_traverse.
17739 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17740 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17741 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17744 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17745 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17747 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17750 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17751 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17752 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17753 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17756 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17757 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17758 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17761 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17762 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17763 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17764 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17770 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17773 premark_used_types (void)
17775 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17776 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17779 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17782 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17784 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17785 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17786 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17789 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17793 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17795 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17796 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17797 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17800 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17801 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17802 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17804 premark_used_types ();
17806 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17807 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17808 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17809 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17810 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17812 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17813 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17816 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17819 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17820 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17821 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17822 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17823 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17824 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17825 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17827 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17829 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17831 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17832 inline function. */
17833 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17834 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17836 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17837 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17841 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17842 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17844 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17845 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17846 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17847 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17848 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17850 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17851 something we have already output. */
17855 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17856 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17857 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17858 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17859 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17860 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17861 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17862 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17863 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17864 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17865 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17866 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17868 subr_die
= old_die
;
17870 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17871 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17872 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17873 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17874 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17875 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17876 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17880 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17881 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17882 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17883 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17884 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17885 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17890 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17892 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17893 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17895 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17896 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17898 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17899 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17900 0, 0, context_die
);
17903 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17904 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17905 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17907 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17908 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17909 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17910 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17915 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17917 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17919 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17920 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17921 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17922 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17923 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17925 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17926 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17927 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17928 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17930 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17931 later reused to represent definition. */
17932 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17935 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17937 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
17939 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17940 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
17942 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
17946 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17947 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
17949 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
17952 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
17953 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
17954 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17956 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17958 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
17960 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
17962 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17963 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17965 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
17968 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17969 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
17970 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17971 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17972 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
17974 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
17975 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
17978 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17979 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17980 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17982 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17983 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17984 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17985 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17987 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17988 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17989 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17993 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17994 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17995 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
17998 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
18000 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18001 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18002 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18003 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18004 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18005 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18006 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18008 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
18010 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
18011 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
18015 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
18016 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
18017 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
18019 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
18022 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18023 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18024 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18025 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18026 by this displacement. */
18027 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
18029 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
18030 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
18031 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
18034 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18035 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18036 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
18038 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18039 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18040 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18041 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18042 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18043 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18044 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18045 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18046 an ellipsis at the end. */
18048 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18049 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18050 its formal parameters. */
18051 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18053 else if (declaration
)
18054 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18057 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18058 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
18059 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
18060 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
18061 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
18064 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18065 emit their relevant DIEs.
18067 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18068 as well as it being a normal function.
18070 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18071 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18072 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18073 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18074 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18075 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18076 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18077 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18078 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18081 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18082 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
18084 if (generic_decl_parm
18085 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18086 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18091 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18092 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
18095 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18096 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18099 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18100 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18101 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18102 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18103 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18104 parameters at all. */
18105 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18106 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18108 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18109 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18110 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18112 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18113 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18116 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18117 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18118 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18120 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18121 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18122 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18123 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18124 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18125 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18126 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18128 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18129 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18130 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18131 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18132 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18133 constructor function. */
18134 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18136 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18137 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18138 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18140 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18141 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18143 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18144 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18146 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18147 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18149 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18150 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18155 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18156 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18160 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18163 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18165 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18166 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18169 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18170 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18173 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18175 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18176 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18177 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18180 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18181 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18184 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18188 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18189 tree ultimate_origin
;
18190 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18191 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18192 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18193 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18194 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18196 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
18197 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
18198 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18199 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18201 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18202 of a data member. */
18205 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18206 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18207 die_node com_die_arg
;
18209 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18212 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18214 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18219 /* Optimize the common case. */
18220 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18221 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18222 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18223 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18225 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18226 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18228 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18230 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18231 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18237 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18238 common_block_die_table
18239 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18240 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18242 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18243 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18244 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18245 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18246 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18249 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18252 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18253 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18256 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18257 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18258 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18259 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18261 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18262 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18263 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18264 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18265 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18266 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18268 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18270 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18271 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18272 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18274 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18275 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18276 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18277 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18278 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18283 /* Optimize the common case. */
18284 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18285 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18286 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18287 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18288 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18289 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18291 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18293 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18295 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18296 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18297 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18301 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18302 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18303 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18304 inside functions, though. */
18305 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
18308 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18309 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18310 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18311 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18312 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18314 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18317 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18318 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18320 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18321 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18323 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18324 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18327 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18329 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18330 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18331 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18333 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18334 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18336 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18337 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18338 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18340 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18341 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18343 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18344 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18346 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18347 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18352 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18354 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18355 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18356 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18358 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18359 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18361 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18362 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18364 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18365 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18367 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18368 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18369 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18370 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18374 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18376 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18377 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18380 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18381 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18382 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18384 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18385 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18386 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18387 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18388 to add it again. */
18389 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18391 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18392 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18393 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18395 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18398 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18401 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18404 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18407 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18409 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18410 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18412 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18413 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18414 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18415 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18416 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18417 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18418 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18419 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18422 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18425 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18427 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18428 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18430 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18432 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18433 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18435 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18437 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18438 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18441 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18443 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18444 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18445 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18449 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18451 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18452 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18453 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18454 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18455 it if it ever does happen. */
18456 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18459 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18464 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18465 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18466 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18469 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18471 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18473 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18475 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18476 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18481 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18482 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18485 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18487 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18489 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18490 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18494 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18497 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18498 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18501 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18503 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18506 add_ranges (chain
);
18507 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18514 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18515 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18516 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18518 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18519 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18523 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18526 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18528 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18530 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18531 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18533 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18536 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18539 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18543 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18545 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18547 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18549 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18550 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18551 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18552 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18553 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18555 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18557 dw_die_ref subr_die
18558 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18560 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18561 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18562 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18563 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18565 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18566 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18570 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18573 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18575 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18577 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18580 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18581 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18582 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18583 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18586 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18588 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18589 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18590 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18593 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18594 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18596 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18597 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18599 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18600 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18601 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18602 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18604 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18605 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18609 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18610 Use modified_type_die instead.
18611 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18612 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18615 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18618 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18620 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18621 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18622 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18625 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18626 Use modified_type_die instead.
18627 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18628 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18631 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18634 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18636 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18637 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18638 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18642 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18645 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18648 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18649 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18651 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18652 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18653 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18654 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18657 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18660 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18663 char producer
[250];
18664 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18667 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18671 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18672 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18673 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18674 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18677 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18679 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18680 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18681 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18682 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18683 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18684 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18685 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18686 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18687 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18690 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18692 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18693 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18694 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18695 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18696 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18697 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18698 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18699 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18701 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18702 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18703 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18704 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18705 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18706 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18707 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18708 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18709 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18710 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18713 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18717 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18720 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18722 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18724 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18725 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18727 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18728 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18730 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18731 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18732 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18733 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18736 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18739 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18742 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18745 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18746 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18747 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18748 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18749 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18750 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18751 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18752 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18753 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18754 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18755 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18757 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18760 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18764 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18765 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18766 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18767 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18770 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18771 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18773 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18774 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18775 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18776 do put them in the right order. */
18778 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18780 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18782 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18785 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18786 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18788 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18789 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18792 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18794 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18796 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18800 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18801 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18802 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18805 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18806 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18808 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18809 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18811 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18812 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18813 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18814 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18815 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18817 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18820 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18821 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18822 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18825 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18827 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18828 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18830 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18832 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18833 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18835 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18837 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18839 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18842 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18844 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18845 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18846 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18847 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18849 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18850 then give a list of members. */
18851 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18853 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18854 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18855 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18856 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18857 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18858 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18860 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18861 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18862 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18863 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18865 push_decl_scope (type
);
18866 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18869 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18870 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18872 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18874 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18875 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18876 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18881 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18883 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18884 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18885 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18886 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18889 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18890 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18893 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18896 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18898 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18899 dw_die_ref subr_die
18900 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18901 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18903 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18904 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18905 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18906 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18908 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18909 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18912 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18915 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18917 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18920 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18923 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18924 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18925 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18926 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18927 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
18932 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
18933 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
18935 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
18937 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18938 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
18941 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18943 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18944 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18947 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18948 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
18950 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18951 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
18954 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18957 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18958 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18961 struct array_descr_info info
;
18963 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
18966 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18967 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18968 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18969 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18971 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18974 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18975 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
18977 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18978 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18979 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18980 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18981 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
18983 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18984 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
18988 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18989 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
18990 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
18991 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
18992 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18994 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
18995 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18999 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19000 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19001 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19002 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19003 cloned type itself). */
19004 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
19005 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
19007 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19010 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
19016 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
19017 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19018 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19019 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19020 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19022 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19024 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19025 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19026 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19027 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19031 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19032 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19033 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
19034 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19036 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19037 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19038 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19040 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19042 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19045 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
19046 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19047 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19048 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19049 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19053 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19054 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19055 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19056 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19060 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19064 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19067 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
19070 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
19071 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19072 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19073 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19074 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19075 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19076 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19077 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19078 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19079 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
19081 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
19083 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19086 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19087 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19088 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19091 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19092 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
19094 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19095 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19096 decls_for_scope. */
19097 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19102 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19106 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19108 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19109 declare_in_namespace. */
19110 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19111 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19114 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19119 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19120 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19121 when appropriate. */
19127 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19130 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19134 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19138 gcc_unreachable ();
19141 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19145 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19147 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19150 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19151 things which are local to the given block. */
19154 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19156 int must_output_die
= 0;
19159 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19160 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19163 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19165 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19166 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19167 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19168 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19172 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19173 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19178 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19181 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19182 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19183 must_output_die
= 1;
19186 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19187 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19188 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19189 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19190 as being a "significant" one. */
19191 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19192 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19193 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19194 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19195 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19196 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19197 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19198 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19199 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19200 must_output_die
= 1;
19203 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19204 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19205 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19206 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19207 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19208 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19209 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19210 if (must_output_die
)
19214 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19215 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19216 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19217 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19218 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19219 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19220 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19221 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19223 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19224 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19225 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19226 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19227 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19228 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19231 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19234 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19237 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19238 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19240 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19243 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19245 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19246 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19247 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19248 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19249 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19253 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19254 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19255 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19256 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19257 stmt
, context_die
);
19259 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19262 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19263 all of its sub-blocks. */
19266 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19272 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19273 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19276 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19277 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19278 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19279 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19280 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19281 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19282 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19283 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19286 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19287 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19290 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19291 therein) of this block. */
19292 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19294 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19295 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19298 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19301 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19303 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19306 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19307 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19308 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19309 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19310 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19311 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19317 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19319 static inline dw_die_ref
19320 get_context_die (tree context
)
19324 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19325 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19326 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19328 return force_decl_die (context
);
19330 return comp_unit_die
;
19333 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19336 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19338 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19339 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19340 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19341 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19344 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19346 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19350 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19352 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19353 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19354 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19355 declaration die. */
19356 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19357 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19358 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19359 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19363 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19364 gen_decl_die() call. */
19365 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19366 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19367 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19368 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19371 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19372 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19373 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19375 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19376 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19380 gcc_unreachable ();
19383 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19385 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19386 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19392 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19393 always returned. */
19396 force_type_die (tree type
)
19398 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19400 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19403 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19405 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19406 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19407 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19412 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19413 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19416 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19418 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19419 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19420 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19421 /* Force out the namespace. */
19422 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19424 return context_die
;
19427 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19428 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19430 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19431 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19434 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19436 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19438 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19439 return context_die
;
19441 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19442 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19443 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19444 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19445 return context_die
;
19447 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19449 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19453 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19454 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19456 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19458 return context_die
;
19461 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19464 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19466 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19468 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19469 they are an alias of. */
19470 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19472 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19473 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19474 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19475 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19476 context_die
, decl
);
19477 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19478 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19480 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19482 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19485 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19486 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19487 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19488 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19492 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19494 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19495 dw_die_ref origin_die
19496 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19498 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19499 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19500 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19501 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19502 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19503 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19504 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19505 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19509 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19512 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19514 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19515 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
19517 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19520 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19526 if (!is_fortran ())
19528 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19529 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19533 /* Emit its type. */
19534 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19536 /* And its containing namespace. */
19537 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19539 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19542 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19543 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19544 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19545 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19546 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19547 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19548 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19553 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19554 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19555 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19556 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19559 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19560 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19561 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19562 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
19563 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19565 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19566 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19567 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19568 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19569 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19570 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19571 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19572 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19573 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19575 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19576 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19579 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19580 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19582 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19583 have described its return type. */
19584 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19586 /* And its virtual context. */
19587 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19588 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19590 /* And its containing type. */
19592 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19593 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19594 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19596 /* And its containing namespace. */
19597 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19600 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19602 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19606 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19607 actual typedefs. */
19608 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19611 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19612 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19613 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19614 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19615 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19616 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19617 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19618 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19619 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19621 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19624 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19625 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19627 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19628 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19632 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19633 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19638 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19639 variable declarations or definitions. */
19640 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19643 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19645 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19646 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19648 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19650 /* And its containing type. */
19651 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19652 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19653 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19655 /* And its containing namespace. */
19656 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19658 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19659 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19660 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19662 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19663 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
19664 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19665 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19666 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19669 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19673 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19674 anonymous unions and structs. */
19675 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19676 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19677 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19679 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19680 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19685 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19686 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19688 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19689 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19690 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19694 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19695 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19696 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19697 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19701 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19702 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19707 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19708 compilation proper has finished. */
19711 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19713 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19714 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19715 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19716 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19717 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19718 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19721 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19722 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19724 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19727 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19730 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19731 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19732 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19733 that DECL belongs to.
19734 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19736 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19738 tree lexical_block
,
19739 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19741 expanded_location xloc
;
19742 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19743 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19745 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19747 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19748 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19752 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19754 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19756 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19757 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19759 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19760 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19761 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19762 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19763 if (!at_import_die
)
19765 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19766 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19767 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19768 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19773 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19774 if (!at_import_die
)
19776 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19777 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19778 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19780 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19782 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19783 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19784 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19785 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19787 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19788 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19790 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19794 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19796 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19797 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19804 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19808 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19809 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19811 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19812 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19813 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19816 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19817 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19818 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19819 importing whole module. */
19822 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19825 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19826 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19828 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19833 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19834 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19837 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19838 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19840 && TYPE_P (context
)
19841 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19844 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19847 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19851 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19852 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19853 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19854 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19857 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19858 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19862 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19865 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19867 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19869 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19874 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19875 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19876 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19877 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19878 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19879 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19880 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19881 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19882 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19883 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19884 with the definition of the function.
19886 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19887 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19888 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19889 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19890 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19891 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19892 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19893 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19894 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19895 that they *are* definitions).
19897 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19898 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19899 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19900 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19901 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19902 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19905 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19906 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19907 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19908 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19909 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19910 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19911 context_die
= NULL
;
19915 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19916 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19917 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19918 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19919 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19920 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19921 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19922 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19923 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19926 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19927 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19928 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19930 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19931 variable declarations or definitions. */
19932 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19937 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19939 if (!is_fortran ())
19941 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19942 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19945 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19946 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19947 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19949 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
19954 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19955 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
19958 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19959 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19960 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
19962 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19963 comparisons have. */
19965 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19966 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
19967 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
19972 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19973 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19976 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19977 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19978 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
19979 context_die
= NULL
;
19987 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19990 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19993 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
19995 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19997 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20000 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20001 a lexical block. */
20004 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20005 unsigned int blocknum
)
20007 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20008 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20011 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20015 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
20017 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20018 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20021 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20022 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20024 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20025 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20026 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20029 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
20034 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
20035 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20036 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20038 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
20040 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
20041 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20042 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20049 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20052 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
20054 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
20055 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
20056 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
20057 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
20061 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
20063 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
20064 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
20067 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20068 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20069 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20070 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20071 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20072 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20073 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20074 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20075 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20078 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
20079 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
20082 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
20084 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20085 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20086 if (file_table_last_lookup
20087 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
20088 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
20089 return file_table_last_lookup
;
20091 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20092 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
20093 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
20095 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20097 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
20098 created
->filename
= file_name
;
20099 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
20104 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20105 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20106 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20107 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20108 types, which may include filenames. */
20111 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20113 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20115 if (last_emitted_file
)
20116 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20118 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20119 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20121 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20123 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20124 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20125 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20126 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20130 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20133 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20134 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20135 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20138 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20140 die_arg_entry entry
;
20145 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20146 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20147 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20151 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20152 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20156 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20157 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20158 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20161 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20163 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20169 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20171 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20176 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20179 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20185 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20189 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20193 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20196 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20198 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20199 /* replace the string. */
20200 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20204 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20207 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20208 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20209 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20212 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20215 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20217 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20221 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20222 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20223 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20224 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20226 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20227 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20230 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20233 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20235 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20238 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20239 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20242 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20244 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20245 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20248 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20251 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20253 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20254 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20257 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20258 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20259 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20260 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20261 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20265 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20267 static unsigned int
20268 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20270 struct vcall_insn item
;
20271 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20273 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20274 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20275 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20277 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20279 return (unsigned int) -1;
20280 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20284 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20285 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20286 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20290 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20292 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20294 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20295 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20296 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20300 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20301 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20305 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20307 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20309 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20310 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20313 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20314 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20315 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20316 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20317 lowering to RTL. */
20320 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20322 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20325 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20328 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20329 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20330 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20332 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20333 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20336 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20337 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20338 our lookup table. */
20341 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20343 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20344 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20346 static const char *last_label
;
20347 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20348 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20351 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20354 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20355 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20356 don't do anything. */
20357 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20360 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20361 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
);
20362 if (newloc
== NULL
)
20365 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20366 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20367 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20368 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20369 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20371 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20372 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20374 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20375 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20377 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20378 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20380 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20381 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20384 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20386 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20387 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20389 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20392 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20393 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20396 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20397 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20398 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20399 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20402 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20404 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20405 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20407 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20410 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20411 and record information relating to this source line, in
20412 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20415 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20416 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20418 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20420 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20423 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20425 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20427 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20428 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20429 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20432 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20434 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20435 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20436 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20438 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20439 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20441 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20442 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20443 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20445 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20446 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20448 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20450 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20451 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20452 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20453 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20455 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20456 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20457 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20459 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20460 separate_line_info_table
20461 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20462 separate_line_info_table
,
20463 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20464 memset (separate_line_info_table
20465 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20467 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20468 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20471 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20473 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20474 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20475 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20476 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20480 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20482 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20483 line_info_table_in_use
);
20485 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20486 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20488 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20490 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20491 line_info_table_allocated
);
20492 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20493 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20496 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20497 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20498 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20499 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20504 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20507 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20509 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20511 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20512 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20514 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20515 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20518 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20520 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20522 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20531 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20534 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20536 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20537 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20538 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20540 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20542 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20547 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20548 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20549 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20552 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20553 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20555 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20557 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20559 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20560 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20564 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20565 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20566 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20569 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20570 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20572 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20574 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20575 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20576 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20577 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20581 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20584 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20586 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20587 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20588 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20590 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20591 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20592 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20594 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20595 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20596 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20598 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20599 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20601 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20602 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20603 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20604 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20605 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20607 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20608 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20609 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20611 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20612 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20614 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20615 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20616 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20618 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20619 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20620 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20622 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20623 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20624 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20625 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20626 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20627 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20628 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20630 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20632 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20634 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20635 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20636 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20637 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20638 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20639 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20640 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20641 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20642 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20643 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20644 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20645 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20646 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20647 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20648 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20649 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20650 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20651 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20652 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20653 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20654 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20655 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20656 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20657 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20658 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20659 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20661 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20662 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20663 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20664 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20665 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20666 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20667 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20670 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20671 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20672 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20673 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20674 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20675 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20676 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20677 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20678 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20679 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20680 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20682 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20684 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20686 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20687 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20690 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20691 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20692 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20694 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20695 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20696 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20701 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20702 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20705 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20707 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20709 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20710 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20712 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20716 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20717 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20720 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20722 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20724 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20726 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20727 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20728 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20734 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20735 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20738 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20742 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20743 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20745 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20747 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20748 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20751 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20757 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20760 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20761 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20764 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20769 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20771 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20773 /* A reference to another DIE.
20774 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20775 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20776 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20777 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20778 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20779 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20781 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20782 accounts properly for it. */
20783 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20784 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20789 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20790 to DIE's children. */
20793 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20797 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20799 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20802 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20803 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20804 if (die
->die_parent
)
20805 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20807 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20808 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20810 /* If this node is a specification,
20811 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20812 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20813 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20816 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20818 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20819 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20822 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20823 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20824 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20825 for all type definitions. */
20826 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20827 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20828 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20829 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20831 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20835 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20836 and if so, mark them. */
20839 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20843 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20846 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20848 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20849 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20850 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20853 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20854 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20855 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20856 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20863 /* Mark children. */
20864 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20867 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20870 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20874 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20875 children have been marked as well. */
20876 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20879 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20881 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20882 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20883 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20884 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20887 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20888 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20891 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20892 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20893 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20894 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20895 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20897 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20899 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20902 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20903 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20904 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20905 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20906 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20907 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20908 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20909 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20910 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20911 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20912 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20913 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20914 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20915 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20916 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20917 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20918 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
20919 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20922 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20926 /* Mark everything else. */
20930 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20934 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20935 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20940 /* Mark children. */
20941 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20944 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20948 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
20953 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20954 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20956 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
20958 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20959 twice in the hash table. */
20961 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
20964 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
20965 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
20967 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
20973 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20976 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
20980 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
20981 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
20983 if (! die
->die_child
)
20986 c
= die
->die_child
;
20988 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
20989 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
20990 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
20992 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20994 /* No marked children at all. */
20995 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
20998 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
20999 die
->die_child
= prev
;
21004 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
21006 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
21007 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
21010 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21011 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21012 decided to emit. */
21015 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21017 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
21019 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
21020 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
21025 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21028 prune_unused_types (void)
21031 limbo_die_node
*node
;
21032 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21034 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
21036 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21037 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21038 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
21039 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21040 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
21041 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21042 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
21043 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21045 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21046 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21048 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21049 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
21050 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21051 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
21052 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21054 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
21055 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
21058 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21059 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21060 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
21061 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
21062 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
21063 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
21065 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21066 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
21067 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
21069 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21070 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
21071 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21072 else if (debug_str_hash
)
21073 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
21074 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
21075 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21076 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
21077 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21078 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
21080 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21081 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
21082 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21083 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
21084 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21085 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
21088 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21091 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
21093 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
21094 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21095 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21103 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21106 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21109 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21111 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21116 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21118 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21119 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21121 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21122 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21125 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21126 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21127 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21128 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21129 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21130 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21133 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21135 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21136 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21138 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
21142 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21144 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21148 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21150 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21151 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21155 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21156 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21157 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21160 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21164 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21166 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21167 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21168 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21170 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21171 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21172 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21174 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21175 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21180 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21181 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21182 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21183 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21186 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21187 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21193 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21194 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21195 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21198 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21200 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21201 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21202 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21203 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21204 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21205 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21210 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21211 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21212 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21213 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21214 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21215 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21218 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21222 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21225 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21226 switch (AT_class (a
))
21228 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21229 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21232 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21234 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21235 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21237 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21238 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21243 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21245 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21247 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21251 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21252 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21254 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21258 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21259 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21260 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21262 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21270 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21273 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21274 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21277 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21279 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21280 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21281 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21282 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21285 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21287 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21288 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21289 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21290 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21291 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21292 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21295 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21297 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21300 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21302 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21303 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21304 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21308 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21309 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21310 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21311 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21313 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21315 next_node
= node
->next
;
21318 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21320 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21323 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21324 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21326 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21327 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21328 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21331 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21332 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21333 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21334 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21335 this to be a child of the containing function.
21337 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21338 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21339 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21340 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21341 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21343 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21345 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21346 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21347 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21348 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21350 gcc_assert (context
21351 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21352 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21354 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21356 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21358 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21363 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21365 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21367 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21369 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21370 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21372 add_AT_string (node
->die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
21373 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21374 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21378 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21380 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21381 emit full debugging info for them. */
21382 retry_incomplete_types ();
21384 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21385 prune_unused_types ();
21387 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21388 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21389 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21390 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21392 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21393 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21395 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21397 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21398 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21400 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21402 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21403 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21404 references to the main compile unit). */
21405 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21406 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21407 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21409 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21410 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21411 referenced. Prune them. */
21412 prune_unused_types ();
21415 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21416 that have children. */
21417 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21418 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21419 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21420 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21421 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21423 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21424 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21425 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21426 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21428 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21429 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21432 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21434 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21435 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21437 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21438 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21443 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21444 bool range_list_added
= false;
21446 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21447 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21448 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21449 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21450 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21451 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21452 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21454 if (text_section_used
)
21455 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
21456 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21457 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21458 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
21459 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21461 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21463 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21465 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21467 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21468 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21469 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21470 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
21471 &range_list_added
);
21472 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21473 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21474 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21475 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
21476 &range_list_added
);
21478 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21479 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21480 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
21483 if (range_list_added
)
21487 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21488 if (have_location_lists
)
21490 /* Output the location lists info. */
21491 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21493 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21494 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21495 output_location_lists (die
);
21498 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21499 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21500 debug_line_section_label
);
21502 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21503 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21505 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21506 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21507 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21508 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21510 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21511 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21513 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21515 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21516 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21519 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21520 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21522 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21523 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21524 debug_line_section_label
);
21526 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21529 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21531 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21532 has been emitted. */
21533 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21535 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21536 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21537 output_abbrev_section ();
21539 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21540 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21542 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21543 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21546 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21547 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21548 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21549 simply won't look for the section. */
21550 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21552 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21553 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21556 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21557 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21559 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21560 output_dcall_table ();
21562 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21564 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21565 output_vcall_table ();
21568 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21569 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21570 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21572 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21576 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21577 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21579 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21580 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21584 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21585 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21586 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21587 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21588 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21589 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21590 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21592 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21593 output_line_info ();
21596 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21597 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21599 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21603 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21605 if (debug_str_hash
)
21606 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21610 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21611 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21615 0, /* assembly_start */
21618 0, /* start_source_file */
21619 0, /* end_source_file */
21620 0, /* begin_block */
21622 0, /* ignore_block */
21623 0, /* source_line */
21624 0, /* begin_prologue */
21625 0, /* end_prologue */
21626 0, /* end_epilogue */
21627 0, /* begin_function */
21628 0, /* end_function */
21629 0, /* function_decl */
21630 0, /* global_decl */
21632 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21633 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21634 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21636 0, /* handle_pch */
21637 0, /* var_location */
21638 0, /* switch_text_section */
21639 0, /* direct_call */
21640 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21641 0, /* copy_call_info */
21642 0, /* virtual_call */
21644 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21647 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21649 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"